MATEWAN BANCSHARES INC
10-K, 1997-03-28
NATIONAL COMMERCIAL BANKS
Previous: AMERICAN ECOLOGY CORP, 10-K, 1997-03-28
Next: AMERICAN CABLE TV INVESTORS 3, 10-K, 1997-03-28



<PAGE>
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549
                                  FORM - 10-K

                   ANNUAL REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
                      THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996
                          ------------------

Commission file number 33-17172
                       --------

                            Matewan BancShares, Inc.
                            ------------------------
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

                 Delaware                             55-0639363       
                 --------                             ----------       
       (State or other jurisdiction of              (I.R.S Employer    
        incorporation or organization)              Identification No.)
                                                                       
                 Box 100                                               
        Second Avenue and Vinson Street                                
           Williamson, West Virginia                     25661         
           -------------------------                     -----         
   (Address of principal executive offices)            (Zip Code)       

                                  304 235-1544
                                  ------------
              (registrant's telephone number, including area code)

          Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
          -----------------------------------------------------------

                                      NONE

          Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
          -----------------------------------------------------------

                    Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share
                                (Title of class)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter periods that the registrant was
required to file reports), Yes X  No    , and (2) has been subject to such
                              ---   ----                                   
filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes X  No
   ---   ---

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of the registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K.  X
                             ----

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by nonaffiliates of the
registrant as of January 31, 1997 was $40,567,874 based on $17.75 per share.

The number of shares of the registrant's common stock, par value $1.00 per
share, issued and outstanding January 31, 1997 was 3,660,151.
<PAGE>
 
                      DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

The following documents are incorporated by reference into the Annual Report on
Form 10-K:

                                                        Part of Form 10-K into
DOCUMENT                                                  which document is
- --------                                                     incorporated
                                                             ------------
                                                        
Portions of the Registrant's Annual Report to         Parts I, II, III, and IV
Shareholders for the year ended December 31, 1996

Portion of the Registrant's Proxy Statement for                Part III
its 1997 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held 
April 8, 1997


                        FORM 10-K CROSS-REFERENCE INDEX
                                                                         Annual
                                                                         Report
                                                                          Pages
Part I      Item 1   Business..........................................   51-53
            Item 2   Properties........................................      54
            Item 3   Legal Proceedings.................................      54
            Item 4   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Shareholders...     (b)
 
Part II     Item 5   Market for the Registrant's Common Stock
                     and Related Shareholder Matters...................      12
            Item 6   Selected Financial Data...........................   10-11
            Item 7   Management's Discussion and Analysis of
                     Financial Condition and Results of Operations.....    8-31
            Item 8   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.......   32-49
            Item 9   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on
                     Accounting and Financial Disclosure...............    None
 
Part III    Item 10  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant      (a)
            Item 11  Executive Compensation............................      (b)
            Item 12  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners
                     and Management....................................      (b)
            Item 13  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions....      (b)

(a) Except as set forth herein, incorporated by reference from the Company's
    Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders on April 8, 1997.

(b) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Proxy Statement for the Annual
    Meeting of Shareholders on April 8, 1997.

Part IV    Item 14  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on 
                    Form 8-K.................................................(c)
 
                    Report of Independent Auditors.....  ...................  32
                    Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1996 
                      and 1995..............................................  33
                    Consolidated Statements of Income for the three years 
                      in the period ended December 31, 1996.................  34
                    Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the
                      three years in the period ended December 31, 1996.....  35
                    Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three 
                      years in the period ended December 31, 1996...........  36
<PAGE>
 
(c) Financial Statement schedules have been omitted due to the required
    information being provided in the consolidated financial  statements or
    notes thereto.

           Exhibits:
     3.1   Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant, as amended (1)
     3.2   By-laws of Registrant (1)
     10.1  Voting and First Refusal Agreement, dated August 6, 1987 between Dan
            R. Moore and James H. Harless (1)
     10.2  Lease Agreement dated August 1, 1984 between Matewan National Bank
            and Harrison and Dora Jude (2)
     10.3  Lease Agreement dated March 5, 1986 between Matewan National Bank and
            Mingo Bottling Company (1)
     10.4  Lease Agreement dated December 1, 1988 between Matewan National Bank
            and Josephine Hope (3)
     10.5  Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated December 29, 1989, between
            Matewan National Bank and the Bank of Danville and First Center
            Bancshares, Inc. (4)
     10.6  Lease Agreement dated August 6, 1985 between Price M. Hager, Inc. and
            Fae W. Ramsey, Et Al; Assignment Agreement between Matewan
            BancShares, Inc. dated August 5, 1993; and Amended and Restated
            Agreement of Lease dated July 27, 1993 between Fae W. Ramsey,
            Widow, and Citizens National Bank of Paintsville (6)
     10.7  Lease Agreement dated April 7, 1994 between Homer and Mary Short and
            Matewan Bank FSB (7)
     10.8  Lease Agreement dated December 6, 1994 between K-VA-T Food Stores,
            Inc. and Matewan BancShares, Inc. (7)
     10.9  Lease Agreement dated December 6, 1994 between K-VA-T Food Stores,
            Inc. and Matewan BancShares, Inc. (7)
     10.10 Lease Agreement dated February 7, 1994 between Betty O. Rosen and
            Matewan National Bank (7)
     10.11 Facility Construction and Consulting Agreement MNB-01 between
            International Banking Technologies, Inc. and Matewan BancShares,
            Inc. (7)
     10.12 Facility Construction and Consulting Agreement MNB-02 between
            International Banking Technologies, Inc. and Matewan BancShares,
            Inc. (7)
     10.13 Matewan BancShares, Inc. Employee Retirement Plan (7)
     10.14 Agreement dated February 14, 1995 between Electronic Data Systems
            Corporation and Matewan BancShares, Inc. (8)
     10.15 Lease Agreement dated September 1, 1996 between K-VA-T Food Stores,
            Inc. and Matewan Bank FSB (9)
     10.16 Lease Agreement dated December 16, 1996 between K-VA-T Food Stores,
            Inc. and Matewan Bank FSB (9)
     10.17 Lease Agreement dated December 6, 1996 between First Union National
            Bank of Virginia and Matewan BancShares, Inc. (9)
     10.18 Lease Agreement dated October 15, 1996 between Parkway Plaza
            Associates and Matewan Bank FSB (9)
     11.1  Computation of Per Share Earnings to Common Shareholders (9)
     12.0  Computation of Ratios (9)
     13.1  Annual Report to Shareholders for the fiscal year ended December 31,
            1996 (9)
     13.2  Proxy Statement to Shareholders for the Annual Meeting on April 8,
            1997 (9)
     22.1  Subsidiaries of Registrant
            Matewan National Bank
            Matewan Bank FSB
            Matewan Venture Fund, Inc.
            Matewan National Bank/Kentucky
     23    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP (9)
     27    Financial Data Schedule
<PAGE>
 
(1) Filed as an exhibit of the same number to the Company's Registration
    Statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, Registration No. 33-
    17172, and incorporated herein by reference.

(2) Filed as an exhibit of the same year to the Company's Annual Report on Form
    10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1987 and incorporated herein by
    reference.

(3) Filed as an exhibit of the same year to the Company's Annual Report on Form
    10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1988 and incorporated herein by
    reference.

(4) Filed as exhibit 2.01 to the Company's Report on Form 8-K, dated January 10,
    1990, and incorporated herein by reference.

(5) Filed as an exhibit of the same year to the Company's Annual Report on Form
    10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1992 and incorporated herein by
    reference.

(6) Filed as an exhibit of the same year to the Company's Annual Report on Form
    10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993 and incorporated herein by
    reference.

(7) Filed as an exhibit of the same year to the Company's Annual Report on Form
    10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994 and incorporated herein by
    reference.

(8) Filed as an exhibit to the Company's Pre-effective Amendment No. 1 to Form
    S-1 Registration Statement on February 16, 1996 (Registration No. 333-367)
    and incorporated herein by reference.

(9)  Filed herewith.

  Reports on Form 8-K
<PAGE>
 
Directors of Matewan BancShares, Inc.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
NAME                                       TITLE                      AGE
<S>                    <C>                                            <C>
Dan R. Moore           Chairman of the Board of Directors,             56
                       President and Chief Executive
                       Officer of Matewan BancShares, Inc.
                       and Matewan National Bank
 
James H. Harless       Chairman of the Board of Directors of           77
                       Gilbert Imported Hardwoods, Inc.
 
Frank E. Ellis M.D.    Physician, Frank Ellis & Associates, Inc.       70
 
Lafe P. Ward           Attorney at Law, Ward & Associates,             71
                       General Counsel for Matewan BancShares, Inc.
 
Amos J. Hatfield       Owner, Gilbert Furniture Company                70
 
George A. Kostas       Pharmacist/President                            67
                       Aracoma Drug Company, Inc.
 
Sidney Young, Jr.      Mining Consultant                               73
 
Betty Jo Moore         President, Superior Ford Sales and              56
                       Moore Chevrolet
 
Douglas Hinkle         President, Walter P. Walters Insurance Agency   62

</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 
Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto authorized March 1, 1997.

                                      Matewan BancShares, Inc.

                                      /s/ Dan R. Moore
                                      ----------------
                                      Dan R. Moore
                                      Chairman of the Board, President,
                                      and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
Registrant and in the capacities listed on March 1, 1997.

/s/ Dan R. Moore                      /s/ Lee M. Ellis
- ----------------                      ----------------
Chairman of the Board, President,     Vice President and
and Chief Executive Officer           Chief Financial Officer


/s/ James H. Harless                  /s/ Frank E. Ellis
- --------------------                  ------------------
Director                              Director

/s/ Lafe P. Ward                      /s/ Amos J. Hatfield
- ----------------                      --------------------
Director                              Director

/s/ George A. Kostas                  /s/ Sidney Young, Jr.
- --------------------                  ---------------------
Director                              Director

/s/ Betty Jo Moore                    /s/ Douglas Hinkle
- ------------------                    ------------------
Director                              Director

<PAGE>
 
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.15
                                                                   -------------


                                LEASE AGREEMENT
                                ---------------

                                        

     THIS INDENTURE made and entered into upon this 24th day of July, 1996, by
and between K-VA-T Food Stores, Inc., a corporation duly created, organized and
existing under and by virtue of the Laws of the commonwealth of Virginia, with
its registered office located at 329 North Main St., Grundy, Virginia,
(hereinafter called "Lessor") of the first part, and Matewan Bank, FSB, a
federal savings bank, with its registered office located at 4414 North Mayo
Trail, Pikeville, Kentucky, (hereinafter called "Lessee") of the second part,

     WITNESSETH: That whereas Lessor presently operates a Food City Supermarket
(hereinafter referred to as the "Store") located at 396 Town Centre Drive, Towne
Centre Shopping Center, in the Town of Abingdon, Washington County, Virginia;
and

     WHEREAS, Lessee desires to establish and operate banking and depository
facilities (hereinafter referred to as the "Banking Facility") in said Store on
terms and conditions hereinafter set forth; and

     WHEREAS, Lessor desires that Lessee establish and operate such Banking
Facility in said Store on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth:

     NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises, the mutual
covenants and agreements herein set forth and benefits accruing to the parties
hereto, other good and valuable considerations and the rentals to be paid by
Lessee to Lessor, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     1.  LEASE OF SPACE.  Subject to the terms and conditions of this lease
         --------------                                                    
agreement (hereinafter referred to as "lease"), Lessor hereby leases and rents
to Lessee and Lessee hereby rents and leases from Lessor a space containing
approximately 654 square feet of floor space in the building occupied by the
Store (hereinafter referred to as the "store building") which space hereinafter
referred to as (Premises") is designated "Bank" and outlined in red on the
diagram (floor plan) hereto attached, marked "Exhibit A" and made a part hereof
by reference.  Lessee shall be granted ingress to and egress from said Premises
for Lessee, its officers, employees and customers, by and through the front
entrance, vestibules and sales area of the building occupied by the Store, and
Lessee shall have the right to install a night depository unit and automated
teller machine, the approximate locations of which are shown on said diagram
(floor plan).

                                       1
<PAGE>
 
     2.  TERM.  (a) This lease is made and accepted for a term which shall begin
         ----                                                                   
on the Commencement Date, as hereinafter defined, and run until five (5) years
thereafter, unless extended as hereinafter provided.
     (b) The Commencement Date shall be on the first (1st) day of the calendar
month coming next after the following conditions are satisfied:
     (1) The Improvement Work, as such term is defined in Section 8 of this
lease, is substantially completed in accordance with the approved Plans and
Specifications; and
     (2) All required consents or approvals of the Federal Reserve, the
Comptroller of the Currency, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the
Commissioner of Banking for the state of Lessees's incorporation, or any other
Federal or State regulatory agency having jurisdiction over Lessee (the
"Regulatory Agency") shall have been obtained to open and maintain the Banking
Facility for banking business at the location of the premises hereby leased.
Lessee shall promptly make an application to any such Regulatory Agency for the
issuance of a permit to operate a retail banking and depository facility in the
Store; exercise due diligence to obtain same; and immediately give Lessor notice
when the permit has been issued.

     (3) Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2, as hereinabove stated and in
accordance with section 8 hereof, Lessee shall complete all of the aforesaid
conditions and Lessee shall also open and begin normal banking business within
four (4) months from the date of this lease.  Lessor has the exclusive option to
terminate said lease in the event Lessee does not comply completely with all of
the aforesaid provisions and conditions of said lease, by the above specified
time.
     (c) As soon as the Commencement Date may be determined as hereinabove
provided, the parties hereto agree to execute and deliver in duplicate a
Commencement Date Agreement, using the form, a copy of which is hereto attached,
marked "Exhibit B", and made a part hereof by reference, for the purpose of
being attached to and becoming a part of their respective copy of this lease,
but failure of the parties, or either of them, to execute and deliver such
agreement shall not preclude establishing such date by appropriate evidence
should the need to do so arise.
     (d) Lessee shall have the right to occupy the Premises prior to said
Commencement Date for the sole purpose of making the improvements hereinafter
referred to as the Improvement Work, as provided for in Section 8 hereof and not
for the conduct of Lessee's banking business, provided that if contingencies are
not met, Lessee shall be responsible for restoring Premises.  Any such occupancy
of the Premises by Lessee shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the
lease.  If Lessee begins to conduct business in the Premises prior to the
Commencement Date, Lessee shall pay rent, pro rata, according to the rent sated
in Section 3 hereof for the number of days which Lessee so conducts Lessee's
business.

     3.  Rent.  Lessee shall pay to Lessor as rent for the
         ----                                             

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
Premises an amount equal to Twenty-Four Thousand Dollars ($24,000) per annum
                                                          -------           
for the original term of this lease, which rent shall be payable in equal
monthly installments of Two Thousand Dollars ($2,000) each, in advance,
                                              ------                   
commencing on the Commencement Date and continuing to be due on the first day
and not later than the fifth day of each calendar month during the term of this
lease.  All rent shall be payable to Lessor at its registered office shown above
or as otherwise directed by Lessor.

     4.  OPTION TO EXTEND.  Lessee shall have the option to extend the term of
         ----------------                                                     
this lease for three (3) successive additional periods of five (5) years each.
Said options shall be exercised automatically unless Lessee, gives Lessor notice
of Lessee's desire not to exercise the option.  Such extension rights are
further subject to Lessee's not being in default under any of the terms and
provisions of this lease.  The notice not to exercise the option for any five
(5) year extension shall be given at least one-hundred eighty (180) days prior
to the end of the immediately preceding term of this lease.  The first automatic
extension of this lease shall be upon the same rental, terms and conditions as
are set forth in this Lease Agreement.  Rental for the second and third renewal
terms of this lease, shall be an amount equal to the original rental, as defined
in section 3 hereof, multiplied by a fraction.  Said fraction shall be defined
as consisting of a numerator, which shall be the index number (the "Index
Number") indicated under the United States index column of the Consumer Price
Index for Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers (the "CPI") (1982-1984=100) as
promulgated by the United States Department of Labor, for the month immediately
preceding the month and year in which the said renewal term shall commence and a
denominator, which shall be the Index Number for the CPI for the month and year
in which the original commencement date of this Lease occurs.  If there shall at
the time be no such CPI, the parties shall use the most comparable substitute
index in determining rent escalation for said renewal periods.  Notwithstanding
the above, all other terms and conditions of this Lease Agreement shall remain
in full force and effect during the second and third renewal periods.

     5.  USE AND OCCUPANCY.  (a) Lessee shall have the right to use and occupy
         -----------------                                                    
the Premises for the sole purpose of establishing and operating a retail banking
and depository facility for the benefit and convenience of the public and for no
other use and purpose, except that Lessee may offer at the Banking Facility such
services or products as are customarily offered by Lessee at its other retail
banking facilities, provided that such services and products are not in
competition and do not compete with services and products customarily offered
for sale by Lessor in its stores.  Lessee shall have the exclusive right to
provide or promote retail banking or other depository services in the Store.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary stated herein, Lessee shall have the
non-exclusive right to provide or promote the following services in the Bank:
the sale of tickets to musical, theatrical, sporting, and

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
other public events; financial planning; estate planning; sale of insurance; and
travel planning and reservation services, provided that such rights do not
violate any terms and conditions or any exclusive rights granted by Lessor's
Landlord in the Prime Lease.  Lessee's exclusive right hereunder to provide
retail banking and other depository services in the Store shall not limit or
restrict Lessor's right to make change, cash checks, verity checks, arrange for
check verification, sell money orders, or to transact or conduct any other
commercial or financial activity or service which, in Lessor's sole discretion,
Lessor deems-necessary for the proper and adequate operation of the Store.
     (b) In order to provide Lessee's customers with free and clear access to
the Banking Facility, Lessor shall not place any display case or other fixture
or articles within six (6) feed of the Banking Facility that would restrict free
and clear access to the Banking Facility.
     (c) In the event that Lessee desires to include a night depository in the
operation of the Banking Facility, and said night depository is to be located in
an area outside the Banking Facility, then, in that event, Lessee shall acquire
written approval of Lessor regarding the proposed location of said night
depository prior to commencing any installation of said night depository.  In
the event of the installation of a night depository it is agreed that Lessee
shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for the installation,
maintenance, and operation of any such night depository, and the location of any
such night depository shall be deemed to be an appurtenance to the Premises and
a part of the Banking Facility for all purposes of this lease.  The installation
of any such night depository shall be performed in accordance with the terms and
conditions of Section 8 hereof.
     (d) If Lessee elects to include an automated teller machine in the
operation of the Banking Facility, Lessee shall be responsible, at its sole cost
and expense, for the installation, maintenance, and operation of any such
automated teller machine, and the location of any such automated teller machine
shall be deemed to be an appurtenance to the Premises and a part of the Banking
Facility for all purposes of this lease.  The installation of any such automated
teller machine shall be performed in accordance with the terms and conditions of
Section 8 hereof.  Lessee may make available to any one or more banking or
depository institutions, including savings and loan associations or credit
unions, the use of any such automated teller machine installed by Lessee, and
Lessor shall permit such other banking or depository institutions, including
savings and loan associations or credit unions, to share the use of any such
automated teller machine.
     (e) Lessee shall have the right to use jointly with Lessor a sufficient
part of the parking area serving the building in which Premises are located for
the parking of vehicles of its employees and customers, and vehicles being used
in the normal course of Lessee's business, with the right of ingress to and
egress from said parking area.  No additional rent shall be charged for use of
said parking area.

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
     (f) Lessee shall maintain and conduct the operation of the Banking Facility
in a first-class and proper manner.  Lessee shall comply with all applicable
federal, state and local laws, rules, regulations, and ordinances governing or
regulating the establishment and operation of the Banking Facility.  Lessee
shall not block or restrict the aisles, passageways, vestibules, entrances,
exits, or sidewalks of the Store so as to interfere with Lessor's business.
Lessee's operation of the Banking Facility shall be subject to such limitations,
restrictions, or rules as Lessor may form time to time impose, including,
without limitation, any rule pertaining to the parking of motor vehicles of
Lessee, its employees, agents or representatives, and any rule restricting the
Banking Facility's hours of operation to the same hours the Store is open to the
public.  Lessee shall not have a key to the Store.  When the Store is closed and
not open to the public for business, Lessee and its employees and agents shall
have access to the Store only with the consent of Lessor and only when an
employee or other representative of Lessor is present.  Lessee shall not use the
Premises for any illegal purpose or violate any statute, regulation, rule or
order of any governmental body, nor create or allow to exist any nuisance or
trespass, nor use the Premises in any manner to vitiate Lessor's insurance or
increase the rate of Lessor's insurance premiums, nor deface or injure the
Premises nor overload the floor of the Premises.  Lessee agrees that it shall
observe and comply with the "Rules and Regulations" hereto attached, marked
"Exhibit C", and made a part hereof by reference.

     6.  EMPLOYEES.  (a) Lessee shall cause its employees to comply with all
         ---------                                                          
reasonable rules and regulations from time to time prescribed by Lessor
pertaining to employee ingress, egress, and parking.  All persons employed by
Lessee in connection with the operation of the Banking Facility shall be and
remain Lessee's employees for all purposes, and Lessee shall, at its own cost
and expense, maintain worker's compensation coverage, unemployment compensation
coverage, and any other insurance which may be required by law with respect to
such employees.  Lessee's employees, while working at the Banking Facility,
shall be entitled to use the toilet facilities and break room or lounge provided
by Lessor for the convenience of Lessor's employees.  Lessee shall be solely
responsible for all acts and omissions of its employees.  Lessor shall provide
an adequate number of parking spaces at the Store for employees of Lessee
working at the Banking Facility.  Lessee shall employ all persons necessary for
the operation and maintenance of the Banking Facility and such employees of
Lessee shall at all times conduct themselves toward the customers and employees
of Lessor, and toward all other persons in the Store courteously and in a manner
to promote the best interest of the Store.

     (b) Lessee shall be solely responsible for providing security for the
Banking Facility, and acknowledges that Lessor is not an insurer for the Banking
Facility and that Lessor does not undertake

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
to provide any security for the Banking Facility.  Subject to reasonable rules
and regulations of Lessor, lessee shall have the right to have a security guard
in the Banking Facility at times that Store is open for business andy any such
security guard shall be and remain an employee or contractor of Lessee only.

     7.  NON-EMPLOYEE SERVICES.  It is contemplated that persons not employed by
         ---------------------                                                  
Lessee must have access to the Banking Facility from time to time for the
purpose of servicing, maintaining, and otherwise performing services in
connection with the Banking Facility.  Any such non-employee shall have access
to the Store and the Banking Facility during the Store's normal business hours,
provided that such non-employees shall not block or restrict the aisles,
passageways, vestibules, entrances, exits or sidewalks of the Store so as to
interfere with Lessor's business.

     8.  IMPROVEMENT WORK.  (a) Lessee shall have the right to improve (herein
         ----------------                                                     
referred to as the "Improvement Work") the Premises by installing banking and
depository facilities therein so that the Premises may be used for the operation
of a retail banking and depository facility in accordance with Section 5 hereof.
The Improvement Work shall be in accordance with the terms and conditions of
this Section 8 of this lease.
     (b) The Improvement Work shall be done in accordance with plans and
specifications (hereinafter referred to as the "Plans and Specifications")
provided by Lessee for the use and benefit of Lessor and Lessee.  Lessee, within
thirty (30) days from the date of this lease, shall furnish Lessor with said
Plans and Specifications for Lessor's review and approval.  The Plans and
Specifications shall be subject to the prior approval of Lessor.  Lessor shall
promptly, and not later than five (5) days after receipt of a set thereof,
approve or reject the Plans and Specifications submitted to Lessor by Lessee.
Lessee, within thirty (30) days after the approval of the Plans and
Specifications by Lessor, shall begin the work to improve the Premises, and the
Improvement Work shall be completed by Lessee in accordance with the approved
Plans and Specifications within four (4) months form the date of this lease.  In
connection with the Improvement Work, Lessee specifically agrees that
improvements shall not affect the structure, roof, or floor of the store
building except in connection with the installation of a vault, night depository
unit or any automated teller machine, or otherwise adversely affect any area of
the store building other that the Premises, or affect the peaceful enjoyment of
Lessor.
     (c) Lessee shall, at its sole cost and expense, pay the cost of the
Improvement Work, including the cost of the Plans and Specifications therefor.
Neither Lessee nor nay contractor engaged by Lessee shall have any right to
create any charge or lien against the store building or the land on which the
store building is located on account of the Improvement Work, and this lease
shall not be construed to authorize any charge of lien against the store
building or the land on which the store building is located on

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
account of the Improvement Work or any work, services, materials relating
hereto.  Lessee covenants and warrants unto Lessor that Lessee will discharge of
record, within ten (10) days following actual notice by Lessee, from whatever
source, of its filing, any mechanic's, or materialmen's or other similar lien
against the Premises, the store building or the land on which the store building
is located for work or material claimed to have been furnished to Lessee or the
Premises.
     (d) Lessor shall have the right to approve the contractor or contractors,
as the case may be, selected by Lessee to perform the Improvement Work, but such
approval shall not be arbitrarily nor unreasonably withheld.
     (e) Lessor shall have the right to inspect the construction of the
Improvement Work from time to time.
     (f) The Plans and Specifications and the contract for the Improvement Work
may contain such other terms and provisions not in conflict with nor contrary to
this Section 8 as Lessee may elect.
     (g) Lessee, at its sole cost and expense, shall furnish all improvements,
fixtures, equipment, and furnishings which it deems necessary or desirable for
the establishment and operation of the Banking Facility, and shall pay all costs
of improvement of the Premises necessary for the installation of such items.
Notwithstanding any attachment or affixation of the Banking Facility or any part
thereof to the Premises, or the manner, mode, extent, or nature of any such
attachment or affixation, the Banking Facility and each part thereof will be,
and shall at all times continue to be, personal property, and shall not at any
time become or be deemed to be fixtures or in any other manner a part of the
Premises or the store building.  All permits, licenses and authorizations
required in connection with the Improvement work shall be obtained and paid for
by Lessee as the same are required.
     (h) Lessee shall make no alterations or additions of any kind in or to the
Premises or the Banking Facility without first obtaining Lessor's written
consent, and all such work shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 8.
     (i) In the event of disagreement between Lessor and Lessee as to whether
any construction complies with the Plans and Specifications or whether any
construction is complete and ready for use and occupancy, the disagreement shall
be determined by any architect selected by Lessee, representing Lessee, and any
architect selected by Lessor, representing Lessor.  If said two architects
cannot agree, the two shall select a third person who shall also be an
architect, and the decision of the three, by a majority vote, shall terminate
the disagreement.  All of said architects shall be licensed to practice
architecture in the state in which the store building is located.  Each party
shall pay its architect and the expense of the third architect shall be shared
equally.
     (j) Times stated in this Section 8 shall not be of the essence of the
contract so long as the work or obligation concerned is carried on with
reasonable diligence and without unreasonable daily delays (caused by acts of
God or material shortages beyond

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
the control of the party obligated are recognized as reasonable).
     (k) Lessor shall not be liable for any damage to Lessee's property arising
from the operations of the contractor relating to the Improvement Work.  Said
contractor shall provide public liability and property damage insurance for the
protection of Lessor and Lessee on account of injuries to persons or damage to
such persons' property (including property of Lessor and Lessee) arising form
the contractor's operations in the amount of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000)
for property damage; One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) for injuries to any one
person; and One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) for injuries occurring in any one
accident.  The contractor shall furnish builders' risk insurance on the work
covered by the contract.
 
     9.  MAINTENANCE.  (a) Lessee shall, at its sole cost and expense, maintain
         -----------                                                           
the Banking Facility in good order and repair, including, without limitation,
telephone or other lines for computer/data processing and transmission for the
Banking Facility, and shall, at its sole cost and expense, provide and maintain
janitorial services for the Premises.
     (b) Lessee shall be liable for and shall repair or restore any loss or
damage of the Premises or store building caused by the negligence or intentional
acts of Lessee, or by the negligence or intentional acts of its agents,
employees, or representatives when acting in the course of their employment,
except that Lessee shall not be liable for nor required to restore loss or
damage caused by fire or explosion, or resulting r\from any casualty which
normally  many be insured against by fire insurance with extended coverage.
Fire and extended coverage insurance shall be carried and maintained on the
store building pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Prime Lease as that
term is defined in Section 18 thereof.
     (c) Anytime that an Automatic Teller or Night Depository shall malfunction,
Lessee shall affect repairs on same within twenty-four (24) hours of
notification of said malfunction.

     10.  UTILITIES.  Lessor agrees to furnish to the Banking Facility at
          ---------                                                      
Lessor's sole cost and expense all overhead lighting, electricity, heat and air
conditioning for the operation of the Banking Facility.  Lessee shall furnish at
Lessee's sole cost and expense all telephone and computer/data processing and
transmission services, including all lines, cables and connections necessary for
the operation of the Banking Facility.
 
     11.  INSURANCE.  Lessee shall maintain, with respect to the Premises,
          ---------                                                       
Comprehensive General Liability Insurance with a combined single limit of at
least Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) and Employer's liability insurance of
not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) and Lessor shall be made an
additional insured under the Comprehensive General Liability policy.  Evidence
of such coverage shall be furnished to Lessor at the commencement date.  Lessee
shall provide fire insurance and extended coverage for

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
itself on the modular banking unit, equipment, furnishings, and other items of
personalty which places in the premises.  In the event that Lessor's insurance
is increased at said location because of Lessee's bank facility being located
inside said store, then Lessee agrees to pay the amount of said increase.

     12.  INDEMNITY.  (a) Lessee shall indemnify, protect, and save harmless
          ---------                                                         
Lessor from damage, loss, liability, or expense, including attorneys fees and
court costs, on account of injuries to persons or damage to property arising or
resulting from the ownership or operation of the Banking Facility during the
term of this lease, except such injuries or damage arising from negligence of
Lessor, its agents, or employees.
     (b) Lessor shall indemnify, protect, and save harmless Lessee from damage,
loss, liability, or expense, including attorneys fees and court costs, on
account of injuries to persons or damage to property arising or resulting from
the operation of the Store during the term of this lease, except such injuries
or damage arising from negligence of Lessee, its agents, or employees.
     (c) In the event of concurring negligence of Lessor and Lessee, Lessor and
Lessee shall shard liabilities and expenses arising thereunder in proportion to
their negligence.

     13.  TAXES.  Lessee shall pay and ad valorem taxes levied or assessed
          -----                                                           
against its modular banking unit and other property located in said Premises.
Lessor shall pay all ad valorem taxes levied or assessed against the Premises.

     14.  SURRENDER.  Lessee agrees that it shall, before the termination of
          ---------                                                         
this lease, remove its modular banking unit, furnishings, equipment, and all
other personal property belonging to and being the property of Lessee from the
premises, provided that at the time of removal Lessee is not in  default in the
payment of rent or any other term or provision of this lease, and restore the
Premises to as good a condition as Lessee received same from Lessor, loss or
damage by fire, storm, earthquake, or other casualty, and ordinary wear and tear
from reasonable use excepted.  Lessee shall pay Lessor for any physical damage
caused by the installation or removal of Lessee's improvements, fixtures,
furnishings,equipment, or personal property, and surrender peaceful possessio of
the Premises to Lessor at the termination of this lease.

     15.  DEFAULT.  (a) In event Lessee shall be in default in the payment of
          -------                                                            
rent hereunder in full and shall not cure such default within twenty (20) days
after receipt of written notice from Lessor specifying the default, Lessor shall
have the right, without further notice and legal process (but only during the
continuance of such default), of terminating this lease.  Thereupon, this lease
shall be at an end, except for the purposes of enforcing the rights then accrued
hereunder and rights to future rentals to accrue hereunder, and Lessee will at
once surrender, release and turn over

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
possession of said Premises to Lessor.  If such possession is not immediately
surrendered, Lessor may re-enter said Premises and take possession thereof,
removing all persons and property therefrom, using such force as may be
necessary without being deemed guilty of any manner of trespass, or forcible
entry, or detainer, all other notice provided by law for the termination of
tenancy and all legal process being hereby expressly waived.

     (b) If Lessee shall default in the performance or observance of any
covenant, agreement or condition contained in this lease to be performed or
observed by Lessee, other than an obligation to pay rent, and shall not cure
such default within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice from Lessor
specifying the default, or shall not within said period commence to cure such
default and thereafter prosecute the curing of such default to completion with
due diligence, Lessor may, at its option, at once, without notice to Lessee or
anyone else, terminate this lease, and upon the termination hereof at the option
of Lessor as aforesaid, or at the expiration, by lapse of time, of the term
hereby demised, Lessee will, at once, surrender, release and turn over
possession of said Premises to Lessor and, if such possession is not immediately
surrendered, Lessor may re-enter said Premises and take possession thereof
removing all persons and property therefrom, using such force as may be
necessary without being deemed guilty of any manner of trespass, or forcible
entry, or detainer, all other notice provided by law for the termination of
tenancy and all legal process being hereby expressly waived; or Lessor may, at
its option, without waiving any right to terminate this lease or any claim for
breach of contract, at any time thereafter cure such default for the account of
Lessee and Lessee shall, on demand, reimburse Lessor therefor and save lessor
harmless therefrom, provided that Lessor may cure any such default prior to the
expiration of said waiting period, but after notice to Lessee, if the curing of
such default prior to the expiration of said waiting period, but after notice to
Lessee if the curing of such default prior to the expiration of said waiting
period is reasonable necessary to protect Lessor, or to prevent injury or damage
to persons or property.

     (c)  In case of any default, whether or not this Lease is terminated,
Lessee will indemnify Lessor against all loss of rent and other payments
provided herein, if any, to be paid by Lessee to Lessor between the time of
default or termination and the expiration of the term of this Lease.  It is
understood that at the time of termination or reentry, or any time thereafter,
Lessor may rent the Premises for a term which may expire after the expiration of
the term of this Lease without releasing Lessee from any liability whatsoever;
that Lessee shall be liable for w\expenses incurred by Lessor in connection with
obtaining possession of the Leased Premises and in connection with any re-
letting, including without limitation, reasonable attorney fees and reasonable
brokers' fees; and that any monies collected for said re-letting

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
shall be applied first to the foregoing expenses and then to payment of rental
and all other payment which may be due to Lessor from Lessee.  Said
indemnification of Lessor by Lessee shall be accomplished by payments made on
the days on which said Rentals andy other payments would have been due and
payable hereunder if this agreement had not terminated.

     (d)  The rights and remedies herein given Lessor on account of default or
breach by Lessee under this lease are cumulative and in addition to the rights
and remedies afforded Lessor by law and/or equity for such defaults or breaches.

     16.  DAMAGE.  If by fire, storm, earthquake, or other casualty, the
          ------                                                        
Premises or any other part of the store building are destroyed or damaged to the
extent that Lessee is deprived of occupancy or use of the Premises, and if such
damage or destruction can be substantially repaired within thirty (30) days from
the date of such damage or destruction, then such damage or destruction shall be
substantially repaired pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Prime Lease
(as such term is defined in Section 18 hereof) within thirty (30) days from the
date of such damage or destruction and all rent payable hereunder by Lessee
shall be abated to the extent that Lessee is unable to occupy and use the
Premises.  In the event such damage or destruction cannot be substantially
repaired within such thirty-day period, Lessee and Lessor shall each have the
right and option to terminate this lease by giving ten (10) days' prior written
notice to the other.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the
event of any destruction or damage to the store building or the Premises, Lessee
shall be solely responsible for repairing and/or restoring, at its sole cost and
expense, the modular banking unit, furnishings, equipment and all other property
of Lessee located in the Premises and used in connection with the operation of
the Banking Facility.

     17.  CONDEMNATION.  If a material part of the store building shall be taken
          ------------                                                          
or condemned under the power of eminent domain or is conveyed or leased in lieu
of such taking, this lease shall terminate as of the date title vests in the
condemning authority.  If any portion of the Store parking area is taken or
condemned under the power of eminent domain or is conveyed or leased in lieu of
such taking and, in the opinion of Lessor, continuance of the operation of the
Store is undesirable as result thereof, Lessor may elect to terminate this lease
concurrently with Lessor's closing of the Store, and if Lessor elects to so
terminate this lease, then this lease shall terminate and all rights and
liabilities of the parties thereafter accruing shall cease and terminate as if
the date of such termination were the date originally set for the expiration of
the terms of this lease.  Lessee hereby assigns to Lessor any and all right,
title, or interest it may have in and to any award made in any such condemnation
proceeding, except if any award includes an amount in compensation for loss of
business profits by Lessee or for moving the property of Lessee, that part

                                       11
<PAGE>
 
of such award is not hereby assigned to Lessor and Lessee will be entitled to
the amount paid for Lessee's loss of profits and for the moving of Lessee's
property.

     18.  PRIME LEASE.  (a) The term "Prime Lease", as such term is referred to
          -----------                                                          
in this lease, means that certain Lease Agreement entered into by and between
Marathon Realty Corporation, as Landlord, and K-VA-T Food Stores, Inc., as
Tenant, covering the land and building occupied by Store in which Premises are
located, and dated August 1, 1987.
     (b) This lease is executed by Lessor and Lessee as a sublease under said
Prime Lease, and shall be subject and subordinate to all of the terms and
conditions of said Prime Lease.  Subject to the provisions of Section 4 hereof,
upon the termination of said Prime Lease for any reason, this lease shall
terminate.  In the event that said Prime Lease is terminated and Lessor
continues to occupy said store building and operate said store, whether as
tenant or owner, this lease shall not terminate, but remain in effect until the
earlier of:  1. Cessation of operation of said store by Lessor, or, 2. Its term,
including any extension thereof, expires.  In the event that Lessor ceases
operations in said store and relocates within a one-mile radius of the store
building within one year of cessation of operations, Lessee shall have the
opportunity to relocate with Lessor.  The relocation of Lessee with Lessor shall
be contingent upon:  1. The approval by Lessor of Lessees's bank facility plans,
2. Where applicable, Lessees's maintaining operations at both the old and new
facilities, 3. Monthly rental from Lessee in the new store building shall
increase in proportion to Lessor's increased occupancy costs and, 4. Said
relocation does not violate any terms and conditions or any exclusive rights
granted previously by Lessor's landlord, pursuant to the Prime Lease for the new
store building.

     (c)  Lessee agrees that this lease is and shall be subordinate and subject
to the lien of any first mortgage, deed to secure debt, deed of trust, or other
instrument in the nature thereof which may now or hereafter affect or encumber
the fee title to the Premises and the land upon which the store building is
located.  The preceding sentence pertaining to the subordination of this lease
to any first mortgage, security deed, or other instrument in the nature thereof
shall be self-operative, and no further instrument or subordination shall be
required by the holder of any such instrument affecting or encumbering the fee
title of the Premises or the land upon which the store building is located.  In
confirmation of such subordination, Lessee shall, upon demand, at any time or
times, execute, acknowledge, and deliver to Lessor or the holder of any such
mortgage, deed to secure debt, deed of trust, or other instrument, without
expense, any and all instruments that may be requested by Lessor or such holder
to evidence the subordination of this lease and all rights hereunder to the lien
of any such mortgage, deed to secure debt, deed of trust, or other instrument,
and each renewal, modification, consolidation, replacement, and extension
thereof.

                                       12
<PAGE>
 
     (d)  Lessor covenants and warrants that it has obtained all requisite
consent to the subletting of Premises to Lessee, and that it has the unqualified
right to enter into this lease agreement and sublet Premises to Lessee.

     19.  ASSIGNMENT.  Lessee shall not, without the prior written consent of
          ----------                                                         
Lessor, assign, hypothecate, or otherwise transfer this lease or any interest
hereunder, or sublease the Premises or any part thereof, or permit the use of
the Premises by any party other that Lessee, except that the automated teller
machine may be used by persons other than the Lessee as such sharing is
permitted by Section 5(d) hereof.  Any consent to an assignment or sublease
shall not nullify this provision, and all later assignments or subleases shall
be made likewise only after the prior written consent of Lessor is obtained in
each instance.  Unless otherwise expressly agreed to by Lessor in writing, no
sublease or assignment by Lessee shall relieve Lessee of any liability
hereunder.

     20.  BANKRUPTCY.  (a) For the purpose of this lease, bankruptcy of Lessee
          ----------                                                          
shall mean and include any one or more of the following events or conditions:
     (1) Lessee is adjudicated a bankrupt;
     (2) A receiver is appointed for Lessee or a major part of Lessee's
property, including Lessee's interest in Premises, and such receivership is not
vacated and discharged within ninety (90) days;
     (3) Lessee shall seek reorganization, arrangement, composition,
readjustment, compromise, or similar debtor relief with respect to its debts or
obligations under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, or debtor relief
statute;
     (4) Lessee, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, takes advantage of any
debtor relief proceedings under any present or future law, whereby the rent or
any part thereof is, or is proposed to be reduced, or payment thereof is, or is
proposed to be deferred;
     (5) Lessee makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors;
     (6) Lessee's interests hereunder shall be levied upon or sold under
execution or other legal process;
     (7) Lessee is found to be insolvent in any proceedings other than
bankruptcy; or
     (8) Lessee is closed or taken over by any Regulatory Agency.

     (b)  Subject to the terms and conditions of subsection (c) of this section,
in the event of bankruptcy of Lessee, Lessor, at any time after the occurrence
of the bankruptcy and during the continuation of the bankruptcy and on thirty
(30) days notice to Lessee and to Lessee's legal representative (which shall
include a trustee in bankruptcy, receiver, or other like officer), if any, may
terminate this lease and retake possession of the Premises.

     (c)  Notwithstanding any other provision of this lease, in the event the
Lessee or its successors or assignees shall become insolvent, bankrupt, or make
an assignment for the benefit of

                                       13
<PAGE>
 
creditors, or if it or their interests hereunder shall be levied upon or sold
under execution or other legal process, or in the event the bank to be operated
on the premises is closed, or is taken over by the banking authority of the
State of other bank supervisory authority, the Lessor may terminate the lease
only with the concurrence of said State banking authority or other bank
supervisory authority, and any such authority shall in any event have the
election to either continue or terminate the lease, provided, that in the vent
this lease is terminate, the maximum claim of Lessor for damages or indemnity
for injury resulting from the rejection or abandonment of the unexpired lease
shall in no event be in an amount exceeding the rent reserved by the lease,
without acceleration, for the year next succeeding the date of the surrender of
the premises to the landlord, or the date of re-entry of the landlord, whichever
first occurs, whether before or after the closing of the bank, plus an amount
equal to the unpaid rent accrued, without acceleration, up to such date.

     21.  TRADE NAME.  Lessee shall buy and pay for its own supplies and other
          ----------                                                          
items of personalty in its own trade name and upon its own credit and shall make
no contract of any kind or nature whatsoever in the name of Lessor or in the
name of any other business entity or enterprise owned in whole or in part by
Lessor.  Nothing herein contained shall constitute the parties as partners or
co-venturers to render either party liable for the debts or liabilities of the
other.

     22.  SUPPORT GROUP.  The Lessee shall use the services of a retail banking
          -------------                                                        
support group such as International Banking Technologies for a minimum of five
(5) years.  However, Lessee shall not use the support services of the National
Commerce Bank of Memphis, Tennessee or any of its affiliates of franchises.

     23.  USUFRUCT.  This lease shall create the relationship of landlord and
          --------                                                           
tenant between Lessor and Lessee; no estate shall pass out of Lessor, and Lessee
has only a usufruct which is not subject to levy and sale and may not be
assigned except by Lessor's consent.

     24.  CAPTIONS.  Section captions used in this lease are for the convenience
          --------                                                              
of reference only and do not constitute a substantive part of this lease.

     25.  GOVERNING LAW.  This lease is deemed to have been executed in the
          -------------                                                    
state in which the Store is located and shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of such state.

     27.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This lease constitutes the sole and entire
          ----------------                                             
agreement between the parties hereto with respect to Lessee's leasing of the
Premises and its establishment and operation of the Banking Facility, and no
amendment or modification

                                       14
<PAGE>
 
of this lease shall be binding unless it is reduced to writing and signed by
both parties hereto.  No representation, inducement, promise, understanding, or
agreement regarding such matters not included in this lease shall be binding
upon the parties hereto or either of them.  If any term or provision of this
lease shall be invalid or unenforceable, the remaining terms and provisions
hereof shall not be affected thereby.  If the application of any term or
provision of this lease to any person or circumstance shall to any extent be
invalid or unenforceable, such term or  provision shall remain applicable as to
those persons or circumstances to which it shall be valid and enforceable and
each term and provision of this lease shall be valid and enforceable to the
fullest extent permitted by law.

     28.  EXECUTION.  This lease may be executed in any number of counterparts,
          ---------                                                            
each of which shall be deemed an original and any of which shall be deemed to be
complete in itself and may be introduced into evidence or used for any purpose
without the production of the other counterparts.

     29.  NOTICES.  Any notice herein provided for may be delivered personally
          -------                                                             
to an officer or the registered agent of the party to be notified, or by United
States certified or registered mail directed as follows:

                      To Lessor: K-VA-T Food Stores, Inc.
                          P.O. Box 769
                          Grundy, Virginia 24614
                          Attention: Mr. Jack C. Smith

                          To Lessee: Matewan Bank, FSB
                              P.O. Box 100
                              Second Ave. and Vinson Street
                              Williamson, West Virginia 25661
                              Attention: Mr. Lee Ellis

     30.  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  Each of the provisions of this agreement
          ----------------------                                           
shall extend to, and shall, as the case may require, bind or inure to the
benefit of not only the Lessor and Lessee, but also their respective successors
and assigns, and any bank or other corporation with which Bank may be merged or
consolidated.

                                       15
<PAGE>
 
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Lessor and Lessee have executed this agreement by and
trough their duly authorized officers and caused their seals to be hereunto
affixed, upon the day and year first above written.

Signed, sealed, and delivered               By:__________________
by the officer of Lessor in                    __________________
the presence of:                                 Title


___________________________                 Attest:______________
     Unofficial Witness                            Secretary

                                                    Lessor
___________________________
     Notary Public                                 (CORPORATE SEAL)

     (NOTARY SEAL)

My commission expires _____


Signed, sealed, and delivered                By:__________________
by the officers of Lessee in                    __________________
the presence of:                                  Title


___________________________                  Attest:______________
     Unofficial Witness                             Secretary

                                                     Lessee
___________________________
     Notary Public                          (BANK/ASSOCIATION SEAL)

     (NOTARY SEAL)

My commission expires _____

                                       16
<PAGE>
 
                                  "EXHIBIT A"
                             (TO BE ATTACHED LATER)



                                        

                                       17
<PAGE>
 
                                  "EXHIBIT B"
                          COMMENCEMENT DATE AGREEMENT
                          ---------------------------


_____________________, __________________ COUNTY


     THIS AGREEMENT made and entered into upon this  1st  day of September,
                                                   -------       ----------
1996, by and between K-va-t            (Hereinafter referred to as "Lessor") and
  --                 -----------------  
Matewan Bank, FSB   (Hereinafter referred to as "Lessee").
- --------------------                                      

     WITNESSED:  That whereas Lessor and Lessee entered into a lease agreement
(hereinafter referred to as "lease"), dated  July 24     , 1996, for the use and
                                            --------------   --                 
occupancy of the Premises therein described and located in the building occupies
by the Store operated by Lessor at  Abingdon, Virginia        and all conditions
                                   --------------------------                   
for determination of the Commencement Date of the term of said lease have been
met.

     NOW, THEREFORE, pursuant to the provisions of the Section 2 of said lease,
Lessor and Lessee mutually agree that the Commencement Date of the term of said
lease is September 1, 19__, and that said term of said lease shall expire at
         ------------                                                      
midnight Eastern Standard Time on August 31 , 2001, unless extended or earlier
         -----------------        ----------------                            
terminated as provided for in said lease.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Lessor and Lessee have executed this agreement by and
through their duly authorized officers and caused their seals to be hereunto
affixed upon the day and year first above written.



By:______________________             By:______________________


- --------------------------            -------------------------                 
           (Title)                             (Title)

Attest:__________________             Attest:__________________
           Secretary                         Secretary



           Lessor                            Lessee
       (Corporate Seal)                  (Corporate Seal)

                                       18
<PAGE>
 
                                  "EXHIBIT C"
                             RULES AND REGULATIONS
                             ---------------------


     1.  Lessee shall keep open for business and operate the Banking Facility
during such days and hours as have been agreed upon in writing by Lessor and
Lessee under Schedule 1 of this Exhibit C and make no subsequent changes in
store days or hours without Lessor's prior written consent which consent shall
not be arbitrarily nor unreasonably withheld by Lessor.

     2.  The sidewalks and public portions of the store building such as
entrances, passages, vestibules, and aisles, shall not be obstructed or
encumbered by Lessee or used for any purpose other than ingress and egress to
and from the Premises.

     3.  No projections shall be attached by Lessee to the outside walls of the
store building without the prior written consent of Lessor.

     4.  No sign, advertisement, notice, or other lettering shall be exhibited,
inscribed, painted or affixed by Lessee on any part of the outside or interior
walls of the store building without obtaining the prior written consent of
Lessor.  Signs on doors to the Premises shall, at Lessee's expense, be
inscribed, painted, or affixed by a sign maker approved by Lessor.  In the event
of the violation of the foregoing by Lessee, Lessor may remove same without any
liability and may charge the expenses incurred by such removal to Lessee.
Lessee may display on the exterior of the Banking Facility temporary, tasteful
signs giving notice of holidays and such other information as is required to be
posted in the Banking Facility by any Regulatory Agency.

     5.  No display cases or other articles shall be put in front of or affixed
to any part of the exterior of the store building, nor placed in the interior of
the Store without the prior written consent of Lessor.

     6.  Lessee shall not in any way deface any part of the Premises or the
store building.

     7.  No cooking shall be done or permitted by Lessee in the Premises.

     8.  No part of the Premises shall be used for manufacturing, distribution,
or the storage of merchandise, or for the sale of merchandise, goods or property
of any kind at auction.

     9.  Lessee shall not make, or permit to be made, any unseemly or disturbing
noises or disturb or interfere with shoppers in the Store.

                                       19
<PAGE>
 
     10.  Neither Lessee, nor nay of Lessee's servants, employees, agents,
visitors, or licenses, shall at any timer bring or keep in the Premises any
inflammable, combustible or explosive fluid, or chemical substance other than
reasonable amounts of cleaning fluids or solvents required in the normal
operation of Lessee's business.

     11.  With the exception of daily money shipments and deliveries, the moving
in or out of any safes, freight, furniture, or bulky matter of any description
must take place during the hours which Lessor or its agent may determine from
time to time.

     12.  Lessor shall have the right to prohibit any advertising by Lessee
which, in Lessor's opinion, tends to impair the reputation of the Store or its
desirability as a Store for the public to shop, and upon written notice from
Lessor, Lessee shall refrain from or discontinue such advertising.

                                       20
<PAGE>
 
                                   SCHEDULE 1


                                   EXHIBIT C
                                   ---------

              DAYS AND HOURS BANKING FACILITY WILL BE OPEN FOR THE
                              CONDUCT OF BUSINESS


1.  The Banking Facility will be open for the conduct of business on the days
and no less than the hours hereinafter specified:

     Monday      10     a.m. -     7     p.m.
               ------------------------------
     Tuesday     10     a.m. -     7     p.m.
               ------------------------------
     Wednesday   10     a.m. -     7     p.m.
               ------------------------------
     Thursday    10     a.m. -     7     p.m.
               ------------------------------
     Friday      10     a.m. -     7     p.m.
               ------------------------------
     Saturday    10     a.m. -     7     p.m.
               ------------------------------
     Sunday      to be determined by Banking Facility
               ---------------------------------------

2.  The Banking Facility will be closed for business on the following holidays:

     The Bank shall be closed for no more than those holidays observed by the
Banking Industry as set by the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

     Note:  If a holiday mentioned above is on a Sunday, then the Banking
     -----                                                               
Facility may be closed for business on the immediately succeeding Monday.

The foregoing is hereby approved by LESSOR and LESSEE.


On behalf of LESSOR:        On behalf of LESSEE:

- --------------------        --------------------
     Title                      Title


Date________________        Date________________

                                       21

<PAGE>
 
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.16
                                                                   -------------
                                LEASE AGREEMENT
                                ---------------
                                        
                                        

     THIS INDENTURE made and entered into upon this _____ day of ______, 1996,
by and between K-VA-T Food Stores, Inc., a corporation duly created, organized
and existing under and by virtue of the Laws of the commonwealth of Virginia,
with its registered office located at 329 North Main St., Grundy, Virginia,
(hereinafter called "Lessor") of the first part, and Matewan Bank, FSB, a
federal savings bank incorporated under the laws of the United States, with its
registered office located at Second Avenue and Vinson Street, Williamson, West
Virginia, (hereinafter called "Lessee") of the second part,

     WITNESSETH: That whereas Lessor presently operates a Food City Supermarket
(hereinafter referred to as the "Store") located at 377-C Hazard Road, Food City
Shopping Center, in the Town of Whitesburg, Letcher County, Kentucky; and

     WHEREAS, Lessee desires to establish and operate banking and depository
facilities (hereinafter referred to as the "Banking Facility") in said Store on
terms and conditions hereinafter set forth; and

     WHEREAS, Lessor desires that Lessee establish and operate such Banking
Facility in said Store on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth:

     NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises, the mutual
covenants and agreements herein set forth and benefits accruing to the parties
hereto, other good and valuable considerations and the rentals to be paid by
Lessee to Lessor, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     1.  LEASE OF SPACE.  Subject to the terms and conditions of this lease
         --------------                                                    
agreement (hereinafter referred to as "lease"), Lessor hereby leases and rents
to Lessee and Lessee hereby rents and leases from Lessor a space containing
approximately 745 square feet of floor space in the building occupied by the
Store (hereinafter referred to as the "store building") which space hereinafter
referred to as ("Premises") is designated "Bank" and outlined in red on the
diagram (floor plan) hereto attached, marked "Exhibit A" and made a part hereof
by reference.  Lessee shall be granted ingress to and egress from said Premises
for Lessee, its officers, employees and customers, by and through the front
entrance, vestibules and sales area of the building occupied by the Store, and
Lessee shall have the right to install a night depository unit and automated
teller machine, the approximate locations of which are shown on said diagram
(floor plan).



                                       1
<PAGE>
 
     2.  TERM.  (a) This lease is made and accepted for a term which shall begin
         ----                                                                   
on the Commencement Date, as hereinafter defined, and run until five (5) years
thereafter, unless extended as hereinafter provided.
     (b) The Commencement Date shall be on the first (1st) day of the calendar
month coming next after the following conditions are satisfied:
     (1) The Improvement Work, as such term is defined in Section 8 of this
lease, is substantially completed in accordance with the approved Plans and
Specifications; and
     (2) All required consents or approvals of the Federal Reserve, the
Comptroller of the Currency, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the
Commissioner of Banking for the state of Lessees's incorporation, or any other
Federal or State regulatory agency having jurisdiction over Lessee (the
"Regulatory Agency") shall have been obtained to open and maintain the Banking
Facility for banking business at the location of the premises hereby leased.
Lessee shall promptly make an application to any such Regulatory Agency for the
issuance of a permit to operate a retail banking and depository facility in the
Store; exercise due diligence to obtain same; and immediately give Lessor notice
when the permit has been issued.

     (3) Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2, as hereinabove stated and in
accordance with section 8 hereof, Lessee shall complete all of the aforesaid
conditions and Lessee shall also open and begin normal banking business within
four (4) months from the date of this lease.  Lessor has the exclusive option to
terminate said lease in the event Lessee does not comply completely with all of
the aforesaid provisions and conditions of said lease, by the above specified
time.
     (c) As soon as the Commencement Date may be determined as hereinabove
provided, the parties hereto agree to execute and deliver in duplicate a
Commencement Date Agreement, using the form, a copy of which is hereto attached,
marked "Exhibit B", and made a part hereof by reference, for the purpose of
being attached to and becoming a part of their respective copy of this lease,
but failure of the parties, or either of them, to execute and deliver such
agreement shall not preclude establishing such date by appropriate evidence
should the need to do so arise.
     (d) Lessee shall have the right to occupy the Premises prior to said
Commencement Date for the sole purpose of making the improvements hereinafter
referred to as the Improvement Work, as provided for in Section 8 hereof and not
for the conduct of Lessee's banking business, provided that if contingencies are
not met, Lessee shall be responsible for restoring Premises.  Any such occupancy
of the Premises by Lessee shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the
lease.  If Lessee begins to conduct business in the Premises prior to the
Commencement Date, Lessee shall pay rent, pro rata, according to the rent sated
in Section 3 hereof for the number of days which Lessee so conducts Lessee's
business.

     3.  Rent.  Lessee shall pay to Lessor as rent for the
         ----                                             



                                       2
<PAGE>
 
Premises and amount equal to Twenty-Four Thousand Dollars ($24,000) per annum
                                                           -------           
for the original term of this lease, which rent shall be payable in equal
monthly installments of Two Thousand Dollars ($2,000) each, in advance,
                                              ------                   
commencing on the Commencement Date and continuing to be due on the first day
and not later than the fifth day of each calendar month during the term of this
lease.  All rent shall be payable to Lessor at its registered office shown above
or as otherwise directed by Lessor.

     4.  OPTION TO EXTEND.  Lessee shall have the option to extend the term of
         ----------------                                                     
this lease for three (3) successive additional periods of five (5) years each.
Said options shall be exercised automatically unless Lessee, gives Lessor notice
of Lessee's desire not to exercise the option.  Such extension rights are
further subject to Lessee's not being in default under any of the terms and
provisions of this lease.  The notice not to exercise the option for any five
(5) year extension shall be given at least one-hundred eighty (180) days prior
to the end of the immediately preceding term of this lease.  The first automatic
extension of this lease shall be upon the same rental, terms and conditions as
are set forth in this Lease Agreement.  Rental for the second and third renewal
terms of this lease, shall be an amount equal to the original rental, as defined
in section 3 hereof, multiplied by a fraction.  Said fraction shall be defined
as consisting of a numerator, which shall be the index number (the "Index
Number") indicated under the United States index column of the Consumer Price
Index for Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers (the "CPI") (1982-1984=100) as
promulgated by the United States Department of Labor, for the month immediately
preceding the month and year in which the said renewal term shall commence and a
denominator, which shall be the Index Number for the CPI for the month and year
in which the original commencement date of this Lease occurs.  If there shall at
the time be no such CPI, the parties shall use the most comparable substitute
index in determining rent escalation for said renewal periods.  Notwithstanding
the above, all other terms and conditions of this Lease Agreement shall remain
in full force and effect during the second and third renewal periods.

     5.  USE AND OCCUPANCY.  (a) Lessee shall have the right to use and occupy
         -----------------                                                    
the Premises for the sole purpose of establishing and operating a retail banking
and depository facility for the benefit and convenience of the public and for no
other use and purpose, except that Lessee may offer at the Banking Facility such
services or products as are customarily offered by Lessee at its other retail
banking facilities, provided that such services and products are not in
competition and do not compete with services and products customarily offered
for sale by Lessor in its stores.  Lessee shall have the exclusive right to
provide or promote retail banking or other depository services in the Store.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary stated herein, Lessee shall have the
non-exclusive right to provide or promote the following services in the Bank:
the sale of tickets to musical, theatrical, sporting, and



                                       3
<PAGE>
 
other public events; financial planning; estate planning; sale of insurance; and
travel planning and reservation services, provided that such rights do not
violate any terms and conditions or any exclusive rights granted by Lessor's
Landlord in the Prime Lease.  Lessee's exclusive right hereunder to provide
retail banking and other depository services in the Store shall not limit or
restrict Lessor's right to make change,, cash checks, verity checks, arrange for
check verification, sell money orders, or to transact or conduct any other
commercial or financial activity or service which, in Lessor's sole discretion,
Lessor deems-necessary for the proper and adequate operation of the Store.
     (b) In order to provide Lessee's customers with free and clear access to
the Banking Facility, Lessor shall not place any display case or other fixture
or articles within six (6) feed of the Banking Facility that would restrict free
and clear access to the Banking Facility.
     (c) In the event that Lessee desires to include a night depository in the
operation of the Banking Facility, and said night depository is to be located in
an area outside the Banking Facility, then, in that event, Lessee shall acquire
written approval of Lessor regarding the proposed location of said night
depository prior to commencing any installation of said night depository.  In
the event of the installation of a night depository it is agreed that Lessee
shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for the installation,
maintenance, and operation of any such night depository, and the location of any
such night depository shall be deemed to be an appurtenance to the Premises and
a part of the Banking Facility for all purposes of this lease.  The installation
of any such night depository shall be performed in accordance with the terms and
conditions of Section 8 hereof.
     (d) If Lessee elects to include an automated teller machine in the
operation of the Banking Facility, Lessee shall be responsible, at its sole cost
and expense, for the installation, maintenance, and operation of any such
automated teller machine, and the location of any such automated teller machine
shall be deemed to be an appurtenance to the Premises and a part of the Banking
Facility for all purposes of this lease.  The installation of any such automated
teller machine shall be performed in accordance with the terms and conditions of
Section 8 hereof.  Lessee may make available to any one or more banking or
depository institutions, including savings and loan associations or credit
unions, the use of any such automated teller machine installed by Lessee, and
Lessor shall permit such other banking or depository institutions, including
savings and loan associations or credit unions, to share the use of any such
automated teller machine.
     (e) Lessee shall have the right to use jointly with Lessor a sufficient
part of the parking area serving the building in which Premises are located for
the parking of vehicles of its employees and customers, and vehicles being used
in the normal course of Lessee's business, with the right of ingress to and
egress from said parking area.  No additional rent shall be charged for use of
said parking area.



                                       4
<PAGE>
 
     (f) Lessee shall maintain and conduct the operation of the Banking Facility
in a first-class and proper manner.  Lessee shall comply with all applicable
federal, state and local laws, rules, regulations, and ordinances governing or
regulating the establishment and operation of the Banking Facility.  Lessee
shall not block or restrict the aisles, passageways, vestibules, entrances,
exits, or sidewalks of the Store so as to interfere with Lessor's business.
Lessee's operation of the Banking Facility shall be subject to such limitations,
restrictions, or rules as Lessor may form time to time impose, including,
without limitation, any rule pertaining to the parking of motor vehicles of
Lessee, its employees, agents or representatives, and any rule restricting the
Banking Facility's hours of operation to the same hours the Store is open to the
public.  Lessee shall not have a key to the Store.  When the Store is closed and
not open to the public for business, Lessee and its employees and agents shall
have access to the Store only with the consent of Lessor and only when an
employee or other representative of Lessor is present.  Lessee shall not use the
Premises for any illegal purpose or violate any statute, regulation, rule or
order of any governmental body, nor create or allow to exist any nuisance or
trespass, nor use the Premises in any manner to vitiate Lessor's insurance or
increase the rate of Lessor's insurance premiums, nor deface or injure the
Premises nor overload the floor of the Premises.  Lessee agrees that it shall
observe and comply with the "Rules and Regulations" hereto attached, marked
"Exhibit C", and made a part hereof by reference.

     6.  EMPLOYEES.  (a) Lessee shall cause its employees to comply with all
         ---------                                                          
reasonable rules and regulations from time to time prescribed by Lessor
pertaining to employee ingress, egress, and parking.  All persons employed by
Lessee in connection with the operation of the Banking Facility shall be and
remain Lessee's employees for all purposes, and Lessee shall, at its own cost
and expense, maintain worker's compensation coverage, unemployment compensation
coverage, and any other insurance which may be required by law with respect to
such employees.  Lessee's employees, while working at the Banking Facility,
shall be entitled to use the toilet facilities and break room or lounge provided
by Lessor for the convenience of Lessor's employees.  Lessee shall be solely
responsible for all acts and omissions of its employees.  Lessor shall provide
an adequate number of parking spaces at the Store for employees of Lessee
working at the Banking Facility.  Lessee shall employ all persons necessary for
the operation and maintenance of the Banking Facility and such employees of
Lessee shall at all times conduct themselves toward the customers and employees
of Lessor, and toward all other persons in the Store courteously and in a manner
to promote the best interest of the Store.

     (b) Lessee shall be solely responsible for providing security for the
Banking Facility, and acknowledges that Lessor is not an insurer for the Banking
Facility and that Lessor does not undertake



                                       5
<PAGE>
 
to provide any security for the Banking Facility.  Subject to reasonable rules
and regulations of Lessor, lessee shall have the right to have a security guard
in the Banking Facility at times that Store is open for business andy any such
security guard shall be and remain an employee or contractor of Lessee only.

     7.  NON-EMPLOYEE SERVICES.  It is contemplated that persons not employed by
         ---------------------                                                  
Lessee must have access to the Banking Facility from time to time for the
purpose of servicing, maintaining, and otherwise performing services in
connection with the Banking Facility.  Any such non-employee shall have access
to the Store and the Banking Facility during the Store's normal business hours,
provided that such non-employees shall not block or restrict the aisles,
passageways, vestibules, entrances, exits or sidewalks of the Store so as to
interfere with Lessor's business.

     8.  IMPROVEMENT WORK.  (a) Lessee shall have the right to improve (herein
         ----------------                                                     
referred to as the "Improvement Work") the Premises by installing banking and
depository facilities therein so that the Premises may be used for the operation
of a retail banking and depository facility in accordance with Section 5 hereof.
The Improvement Work shall be in accordance with the terms and conditions of
this Section 8 of this lease.
     (b) The Improvement Work shall be done in accordance with plans and
specifications (hereinafter referred to as the "Plans and Specifications")
provided by Lessee for the use and benefit of Lessor and Lessee.  Lessee, within
thirty (30) days from the date of this lease, shall furnish Lessor with said
Plans and Specifications for Lessor's review and approval.  The Plans and
Specifications shall be subject to the prior approval of Lessor.  Lessor shall
promptly, and not later than five (5) days after receipt of a set thereof,
approve or reject the Plans and Specifications submitted to Lessor by Lessee.
Lessee, within thirty (30) days after the approval of the Plans and
Specifications by Lessor, shall begin the work to improve the Premises, and the
Improvement Work shall be completed by Lessee in accordance with the approved
Plans and Specifications within four (4) months form the date of this lease.  In
connection with the Improvement Work, Lessee specifically agrees that
improvements shall not affect the structure, roof, or floor of the store
building except in connection with the installation of a vault, night depository
unit or any automated teller machine, or otherwise adversely affect any area of
the store building other that the Premises, or affect the peaceful enjoyment of
Lessor.
     (c) Lessee shall, at its sole cost and expense, pay the cost of the
Improvement Work, including the cost of the Plans and Specifications therefor.
Neither Lessee nor nay contractor engaged by Lessee shall have any right to
create any charge or lien against the store building or the land on which the
store building is located on account of the Improvement Work, and this lease
shall not be construed to authorize any charge of lien against the store
building or the land on which the store building is located on



                                       6
<PAGE>
 
account of the Improvement Work or any work, services, materials relating
hereto.  Lessee covenants and warrants unto Lessor that Lessee will discharge of
record, within ten (10) days following actual notice by Lessee, from whatever
source, of its filing, any mechanic's, or materialmen's or other similar lien
against the Premises, the store building or the land on which the store building
is located for work or material claimed to have been furnished to Lessee or the
Premises.
     (d) Lessor shall have the right to approve the contractor or contractors,
as the case may be, selected by Lessee to perform the Improvement Work, but such
approval shall not be arbitrarily nor unreasonably withheld.
     (e) Lessor shall have the right to inspect the construction of the
Improvement Work from time to time.
     (f) The Plans and Specifications and the contract for the Improvement Work
may contain such other terms and provisions not in conflict with nor contrary to
this Section 8 as Lessee may elect.
     (g) Lessee, at its sold cost and expense, shall furnish all improvements,
fixtures, equipment, and furnishings which it deems necessary or desirable for
the establishment and operation of the Banking Facility, and shall pay all costs
of improvement of the Premises necessary for the installation of such items.
Notwithstanding any attachment or affixation of the Banking Facility or any part
thereof to the Premises, or the manner, mode, extent, or nature of any such
attachment or affixation, the Banking Facility and each part thereof will be,
and shall at all times continue to be, personal property, and shall not at any
time become or be deemed to be fixtures or in any other manner a part of the
Premises or the store building.  All permits, licenses and authorizations
required in connection with the Improvement work shall be obtained and paid for
by Lessee as the same are required.
     (h) Lessee shall make no alterations or additions of any kind in or to the
Premises or the Banking Facility without first obtaining Lessor's written
consent, and all such work shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 8.
     (i) In the event of disagreement between Lessor and Lessee as to whether
any construction complies with the Plans and Specifications or whether any
construction is complete and ready for use and occupancy, the disagreement shall
be determined by any architect selected by Lessee, representing Lessee, and any
architect selected by Lessor, representing Lessor.  If said two architects
cannot agree, the two shall select a third person who shall also be an
architect, and the decision of the three, by a majority vote, shall terminate
the disagreement.  All of said architects shall be licensed to practice
architecture in the state in which the store building is located.  Each party
shall pay its architect and the expense of the third architect shall be shared
equally.
     (j) Times stated in this Section 8 shall not be of the essence of the
contract so long as the work or obligation concerned is carried on with
reasonable diligence and without unreasonable daily delays (caused by acts of
God or material shortages beyond



                                       7
<PAGE>
 
the control of the party obligated are recognized as reasonable).
     (k) Lessor shall not be liable for any damage to Lessee's property arising
from the operations of the contractor relating to the Improvement Work.  Said
contractor shall provide public liability and property damage insurance for the
protection of Lessor and Lessee on account of injuries to persons or damage to
such persons' property (including property of Lessor and Lessee) arising form
the contractor's operations in the amount of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000)
for property damage; One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) for injuries to any one
person; and One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) for injuries occurring in any one
accident.  The contractor shall furnish builders' risk insurance on the work
covered by the contract.
 
     9.  MAINTENANCE.  (a) Lessee shall, at its sole cost and expense, maintain
         -----------                                                           
the Banking Facility in good order and repair, including, without limitation,
telephone or other lines for computer/data processing and transmission for the
Banking Facility, and shall, at its sole cost and expense, provide and maintain
janitorial services for the Premises.
     (b) Lessee shall be liable for and shall repair or restore any loss or
damage of the Premises or store building caused by the negligence or intentional
acts of Lessee, or by the negligence or intentional acts of its agents,
employees, or representatives when acting in the course of their employment,
except that Lessee shall not be liable for nor required to restore loss or
damage caused by fire or explosion, or resulting r\from any casualty which
normally  many be insured against by fire insurance with extended coverage.
Fire and extended coverage insurance shall be carried and maintained on the
store building pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Prime Lease as that
term is defined in Section 18 thereof.
     (c) Anytime that an Automatic Teller or Night Depository shall malfunction,
Lessee shall affect repairs on same within twenty-four (24) hours of
notification of said malfunction.

     10.  UTILITIES.  Lessor agrees to furnish to the Banking Facility at
          ---------                                                      
Lessor's sole cost and expense all overhead lighting, electricity, heat and air
conditioning for the operation of the Banking Facility.  Lessee shall furnish at
Lessee's sole cost and expense all telephone and computer/data processing and
transmission services, including all lines, cables and connections necessary for
the operation of the Banking Facility.
 
     11.  INSURANCE.  Lessee shall maintain, with respect to the Premises,
          ---------                                                       
Comprehensive General Liability Insurance with a combined single limit of at
least Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) and Employer's liability insurance of
not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) and Lessor shall be made an
additional insured under the Comprehensive General Liability policy.  Evidence
of such coverage shall be furnished to Lessor at the commencement date.  Lessee
shall provide fire insurance and extended coverage for



                                       8
<PAGE>
 
itself on the modular banking unit, equipment, furnishings, and other items of
personalty which places in the premises.  In the event that Lessor's insurance
is increased at said location because of Lessee's bank facility being located
inside said store, then Lessee agrees to pay the amount of said increase.

     12.  INDEMNITY.  (a) Lessee shall indemnify, protect, and save harmless
          ---------                                                         
Lessor from damage, loss, liability, or expense, including attorneys fees and
court costs, on account of injuries to persons or damage to property arising or
resulting from the ownership or operation of the Banking Facility during the
term of this lease, except such injuries or damage arising from negligence of
Lessor, its agents, or employees.
     (b) Lessor shall indemnify, protect, and save harmless Lessee from damage,
loss, liability, or expense, including attorneys fees and court costs, on
account of injuries to persons or damage to property arising or resulting from
the operation of the Store during the term of this lease, except such injuries
or damage arising from negligence of Lessee, its agents, or employees.
     (c) In the event of concurring negligence of Lessor and Lessee, Lessor and
Lessee shall shard liabilities and expenses arising thereunder in proportion to
their negligence.

     13.  TAXES.  Lessee shall pay and ad valorem taxes levied or assessed
          -----                                                           
against its modular banking unit and other property located in said Premises.
Lessor shall pay all ad valorem taxes levied or assessed against the Premises.

     14.  SURRENDER.  Lessee agrees that it shall, before the termination of
          ---------                                                         
this lease, remove its modular banking unit, furnishings, equipment, and all
other personal property belonging to and being the property of Lessee from the
premises, provided that at the time of removal Lessee is not in  default in the
payment of rent or any other term or provision of this lease, and restore the
Premises to as good a condition as Lessee received same from Lessor, loss or
damage by fire, storm, earthquake, or other casualty, and ordinary wear and tear
from reasonable use excepted.  Lessee shall pay Lessor for any physical damage
caused by the installation or removal of Lessee's improvements, fixtures,
furnishings,equipment, or personal property, and surrender peaceful possessio of
the Premises to Lessor at the termination of this lease.

     15.  DEFAULT.  (a) In event Lessee shall be in default in the payment of
          -------                                                            
rent hereunder in full and shall not cure such default within twenty (20) days
after receipt of written notice from Lessor specifying the default, Lessor shall
have the right, without further notice and legal process (but only during the
continuance of such default), of terminating this lease.  Thereupon, this lease
shall be at an end, except for the purposes of enforcing the rights then accrued
hereunder and rights to future rentals to accrue hereunder, and Lessee will at
once surrender, release and turn over



                                       9
<PAGE>
 
possession of said Premises to Lessor.  If such possession is not immediately
surrendered, Lessor may re-enter said Premises and take possession thereof,
removing all persons and property therefrom, using such force as may be
necessary without being deemed guilty of any manner of trespass, or forcible
entry, or detainer, all other notice provided by law for the termination of
tenancy and all legal process being hereby expressly waived.

     (b) If Lessee shall default in the performance or observance of any
covenant, agreement or condition contained in this lease to be performed or
observed by Lessee, other than an obligation to pay rent, and shall not cure
such default within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice from Lessor
specifying the default, or shall not within said period commence to cure such
default and thereafter prosecute the curing of such default to completion with
due diligence, Lessor may, at its option, at once, without notice to Lessee or
anyone else, terminate this lease, and upon the termination hereof at the option
of Lessor as aforesaid, or at the expiration, by lapse of time, of the term
hereby demised, Lessee will, at once, surrender, release and turn over
possession of said Premises to Lessor and, if such possession is not immediately
surrendered, Lessor may re-enter said Premises and take possession thereof
removing all persons and property therefrom, using such force as may be
necessary without being deemed guilty of any manner of trespass, or forcible
entry, or detainer, all other notice provided by law for the termination of
tenancy and all legal process being hereby expressly waived; or Lessor may, at
its option, without waiving any right to terminate this lease or any claim for
breach of contract, at any time thereafter cure such default for the account of
Lessee and Lessee shall, on demand, reimburse Lessor therefor and save lessor
harmless therefrom, provided that Lessor may cure any such default prior to the
expiration of said waiting period, but after notice to Lessee, if the curing of
such default prior to the expiration of said waiting period, but after notice to
Lessee if the curing of such default prior to the expiration of said waiting
period is reasonable necessary to protect Lessor, or to prevent injury or damage
to persons or property.

     (c)  In case of any default, whether or not this Lease is terminated,
Lessee will indemnify Lessor against all loss of rent and other payments
provided herein, if any, to be paid by Lessee to Lessor between the time of
default or termination and the expiration of the term of this Lease.  It is
understood that at the time of termination or reentry, or any time thereafter,
Lessor may rent the Premises for a term which may expire after the expiration of
the term of this Lease without releasing Lessee from any liability whatsoever;
that Lessee shall be liable for w\expenses incurred by Lessor in connection with
obtaining possession of the Leased Premises and in connection with any re-
letting, including without limitation, reasonable attorney fees and reasonable
brokers' fees; and that any monies collected for said re-letting



                                      10
<PAGE>
 
shall be applied first to the foregoing expenses and then to payment of rental
and all other payment which may be due to Lessor from Lessee.  Said
indemnification of Lessor by Lessee shall be accomplished by payments made on
the days on which said Rentals andy other payments would have been due and
payable hereunder if this agreement had not terminated.

     (d)  The rights and remedies herein given Lessor on account of default or
breach by Lessee under this lease are cumulative and in addition to the rights
and remedies afforded Lessor by law and/or equity for such defaults or breaches.

     16.  DAMAGE.  If by fire, storm, earthquake, or other casualty, the
          ------                                                        
Premises or any other part of the store building are destroyed or damaged to the
extent that Lessee is deprived of occupancy or use of the Premises, and if such
damage or destruction can be substantially repaired within thirty (30) days from
the date of such damage or destruction, then such damage or destruction shall be
substantially repaired pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Prime Lease
(as such term is defined in Section 18 hereof) within thirty (30) days from the
date of such damage or destruction and all rent payable hereunder by Lessee
shall be abated to the extent that Lessee is unable to occupy and use the
Premises.  In the event such damage or destruction cannot be substantially
repaired within such thirty-day period, Lessee and Lessor shall each have the
right and option to terminate this lease by giving ten (10) days' prior written
notice to the other.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the
event of any destruction or damage to the store building or the Premises, Lessee
shall be solely responsible for repairing and/or restoring, at its sole cost and
expense, the modular banking unit, furnishings, equipment and all other property
of Lessee located in the Premises and used in connection with the operation of
the Banking Facility.

     17.  CONDEMNATION.  If a material part of the store building shall be taken
          ------------                                                          
or condemned under the power of eminent domain or is conveyed or leased in lieu
of such taking, this lease shall terminate as of the date title vests in the
condemning authority.  If any portion of the Store parking area is taken or
condemned under the power of eminent domain or is conveyed or leased in lieu of
such taking and, in the opinion of Lessor, continuance of the operation of the
Store is undesirable as result thereof, Lessor may elect to terminate this lease
concurrently with Lessor's closing of the Store, and if Lessor elects to so
terminate this lease, then this lease shall terminate and all rights and
liabilities of the parties thereafter accruing shall cease and terminate as if
the date of such termination were the date originally set for the expiration of
the terms of this lease.  Lessee hereby assigns to Lessor any and all right,
title, or interest it may have in and to any award made in any such condemnation
proceeding, except if any award includes an amount in compensation for loss of
business profits by Lessee or for moving the property of Lessee, that part



                                      11
<PAGE>
 
of such award is not hereby assigned to Lessor and Lessee will be entitled to
the amount paid for Lessee's loss of profits and for the moving of Lessee's
property.

     18.  PRIME LEASE.  (a) The term "Prime Lease", as such term is referred to
          -----------                                                          
in this lease, means that certain Lease Agreement entered into by and between
Marathon Realty Corporation, as Landlord, and K-VA-T Food Stores, Inc., as
Tenant, covering the land and building occupied by Store in which Premises are
located, and dated August 1, 1987.
     (b) This lease is executed by Lessor and Lessee as a sublease under said
Prime Lease, and shall be subject and subordinate to all of the terms and
conditions of said Prime Lease.  Subject to the provisions of Section 4 hereof,
upon the termination of said Prime Lease for any reason, this lease shall
terminate.  In the event that said Prime Lease is terminated and Lessor
continues to occupy said store building and operate said store, whether as
tenant or owner, this lease shall not terminate, but remain in effect until the
earlier of:  1. Cessation of operation of said store by Lessor, or, 2. Its term,
including any extension thereof, expires.  In the event that Lessor ceases
operations in said store and relocates within a one-mile radius of the store
building within one year of cessation of operations, Lessee shall have the
opportunity to relocate with Lessor.  The relocation of Lessee with Lessor shall
be contingent upon:  1. The approval by Lessor of Lessees's bank facility plans,
2. Where applicable, Lessees's maintaining operations at both the old and new
facilities, 3. Monthly rental from Lessee in the new store building shall
increase in proportion to Lessor's increased occupancy costs and, 4. Said
relocation does not violate any terms and conditions or any exclusive rights
granted previously by Lessor's landlord, pursuant to the Prime Lease for the new
store building.

     (c)  Lessee agrees that this lease is and shall be subordinate and subject
to the lien of any first mortgage, deed to secure debt, deed of trust, or other
instrument in the nature thereof which may now or hereafter affect or encumber
the fee title to the Premises and the land upon which the store building is
located.  The preceding sentence pertaining to the subordination of this lease
to any first mortgage, security deed, or other instrument in the nature thereof
shall be self-operative, and no further instrument or subordination shall be
required by the holder of any such instrument affecting or encumbering the fee
title of the Premises or the land upon which the store building is located.  In
confirmation of such subordination, Lessee shall, upon demand, at any time or
times, execute, acknowledge, and deliver to Lessor or the holder of any such
mortgage, deed to secure debt, deed of trust, or other instrument, without
expense, any and all instruments that may be requested by Lessor or such holder
to evidence the subordination of this lease and all rights hereunder to the lien
of any such mortgage, deed to secure debt, deed of trust, or other instrument,
and each renewal, modification, consolidation, replacement, and extension
thereof.



                                      12
<PAGE>
 
     (d)  Lessor covenants and warrants that it has obtained all requisite
consent to the subletting of Premises to Lessee, and that it has the unqualified
right to enter into this lease agreement and sublet Premises to Lessee.

     19.  ASSIGNMENT.  Lessee shall not, without the prior written consent of
          ----------                                                         
Lessor, assign, hypothecate, or otherwise transfer this lease or any interest
hereunder, or sublease the Premises or any part thereof, or permit the use of
the Premises by any party other that Lessee, except that the automated teller
machine may be used by persons other than the Lessee as such sharing is
permitted by Section 5(d) hereof.  Any consent to an assignment or sublease
shall not nullify this provision, and all later assignments or subleases shall
be made likewise only after the prior written consent of Lessor is obtained in
each instance.  Unless otherwise expressly agreed to by Lessor in writing, no
sublease or assignment by Lessee shall relieve Lessee of any liability
hereunder.

     20.  BANKRUPTCY.  (a) For the purpose of this lease, bankruptcy of Lessee
          ----------                                                          
shall mean and include any one or more of the following events or conditions:
     (1) Lessee is adjudicated a bankrupt;
     (2) A receiver is appointed for Lessee or a major part of Lessee's
property, including Lessee's interest in Premises, and such receivership is not
vacated and discharged within ninety (90) days;
     (3) Lessee shall seek reorganization, arrangement, composition,
readjustment, compromise, or similar debtor relief with respect to its debts or
obligations under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, or debtor relief
statute;
     (4) Lessee, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, takes advantage of any
debtor relief proceedings under any present or future law, whereby the rent or
any part thereof is, or is proposed to be reduced, or payment thereof is, or is
proposed to be deferred;
     (5) Lessee makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors;
     (6) Lessee's interests hereunder shall be levied upon or sold under
execution or other legal process;
     (7) Lessee is found to be insolvent in any proceedings other than
bankruptcy; or
     (8) Lessee is closed or taken over by any Regulatory Agency.

     (b)  Subject to the terms and conditions of subsection (c) of this section,
in the event of bankruptcy of Lessee, Lessor, at any time after the occurrence
of the bankruptcy and during the continuation of the bankruptcy and on thirty
(30) days notice to Lessee and to Lessee's legal representative (which shall
include a trustee in bankruptcy, receiver, or other like officer), if any, may
terminate this lease and retake possession of the Premises.

     (c)  Notwithstanding any other provision of this lease, in the event the
Lessee or its successors or assignees shall become insolvent, bankrupt, or make
an assignment for the benefit of



                                      13
<PAGE>
 
creditors, or if it or their interests hereunder shall be levied upon or sold
under execution or other legal process, or in the event the bank to be operated
on the premises is closed, or is taken over by the banking authority of the
State of other bank supervisory authority, the Lessor may terminate the lease
only with the concurrence of said State banking authority or other bank
supervisory authority, and any such authority shall in any event have the
election to either continue or terminate the lease, provided, that in the vent
this lease is terminate, the maximum claim of Lessor for damages or indemnity
for injury resulting from the rejection or abandonment of the unexpired lease
shall in no event be in an amount exceeding the rent reserved by the lease,
without acceleration, for the year next succeeding the date of the surrender of
the premises to the landlord, or the date of re-entry of the landlord, whichever
first occurs, whether before or after the closing of the bank, plus an amount
equal to the unpaid rent accrued, without acceleration, up to such date.

     21.  TRADE NAME.  Lessee shall buy and pay for its own supplies and other
          ----------                                                          
items of personalty in its own trade name and upon its own credit and shall make
no contract of any kind or nature whatsoever in the name of Lessor or in the
name of any other business entity or enterprise owned in whole or in part by
Lessor.  Nothing herein contained shall constitute the parties as partners or
co-venturers to render either party liable for the debts or liabilities of the
other.

     22.  SUPPORT GROUP.  The Lessee shall use the services of a retail banking
          -------------                                                        
support group such as International Banking Technologies for a minimum of five
(5) years.  However, Lessee shall not use the support services of the National
Commerce Bank of Memphis, Tennessee or any of its affiliates of franchises.

     23.  USUFRUCT.  This lease shall create the relationship of landlord and
          --------                                                           
tenant between Lessor and Lessee; no estate shall pass out of Lessor, and Lessee
has only a usufruct which is not subject to levy and sale and may not be
assigned except by Lessor's consent.

     24.  CAPTIONS.  Section captions used in this lease are for the convenience
          --------                                                              
of reference only and do not constitute a substantive part of this lease.

     25.  GOVERNING LAW.  This lease is deemed to have been executed in the
          -------------                                                    
state in which the Store is located and shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of such state.

     27.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This lease constitutes the sole and entire
          ----------------                                             
agreement between the parties hereto with respect to Lessee's leasing of the
Premises and its establishment and operation of the Banking Facility, and no
amendment or modification



                                      14
<PAGE>
 
of this lease shall be binding unless it is reduced to writing and signed by
both parties hereto.  No representation, inducement, promise, understanding, or
agreement regarding such matters not included in this lease shall be binding
upon the parties hereto or either of them.  If any term or provision of this
lease shall be invalid or unenforceable, the remaining terms and provisions
hereof shall not be affected thereby.  If the application of any term or
provision of this lease to any person or circumstance shall to any extent be
invalid or unenforceable, such term or  provision shall remain applicable as to
those persons or circumstances to which it shall be valid and enforceable and
each term and provision of this lease shall be valid and enforceable to the
fullest extent permitted by law.

     28.  EXECUTION.  This lease may be executed in any number of counterparts,
          ---------                                                            
each of which shall be deemed an original and any of which shall be deemed to be
complete in itself and may be introduced into evidence or used for any purpose
without the production of the other counterparts.

     29.  NOTICES.  Any notice herein provided for may be delivered personally
          -------                                                             
to an officer or the registered agent of the party to be notified, or by United
States certified or registered mail directed as follows:

                      To Lessor: K-VA-T Food Stores, Inc.
                          P.O. Box 769
                          Grundy, Virginia 24614
                          Attention: Mr. Jack C. Smith

                          To Lessee: Matewan Bank, FSB
                              P.O. Box 100
                              Second Ave. and Vinson Street
                              Williamson, West Virginia 25661
                              Attention: Mr. Lee Ellis

     30.  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  Each of the provisions of this agreement
          ----------------------                                           
shall extend to, and shall, as the case may require, bind or inure to the
benefit of not only the Lessor and Lessee, but also their respective successors
and assigns, and any bank or other corporation with which Bank may be merged or
consolidated.



                                      15
<PAGE>
 
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Lessor and Lessee have executed this agreement by and
trough their duly authorized officers and caused their seals to be hereunto
affixed, upon the day and year first above written.

Signed, sealed, and delivered               By:__________________
by the officer of Lessor in                    __________________
the presence of:                                 Title


___________________________                 Attest:______________
     Unofficial Witness                            Secretary

                                                    Lessor
___________________________
     Notary Public                                 (CORPORATE SEAL)

     (NOTARY SEAL)

My commission expires _____


Signed, sealed, and delivered                By:__________________
by the officers of Lessee in                    __________________
the presence of:                                  Title


___________________________                  Attest:______________
     Unofficial Witness                             Secretary

                                                     Lessee
___________________________
     Notary Public                          (BANK/ASSOCIATION SEAL)

     (NOTARY SEAL)

My commission expires _____



                                      16
<PAGE>
 
                                  "EXHIBIT A"
                             (TO BE ATTACHED LATER)



                                        

















                                      17
<PAGE>
 
                                  "EXHIBIT B"
                          COMMENCEMENT DATE AGREEMENT
                          ---------------------------


_____________________, __________________ COUNTY


     THIS AGREEMENT made and entered into upon this  1st  day of September,
                                                   -------       ----------
1996, by and between K-va-t            (Hereinafter referred to as "Lessor") and
  --                 -----------------                                      
Matewan Bank, FSB   (Hereinafter referred to as "Lessee").
- --------------------                                      

     WITNESSED:  That whereas Lessor and Lessee entered into a lease agreement
(hereinafter referred to as "lease"), dated  July 24     , 1996, for the use and
                                            --------------   --                 
occupancy of the Premises therein described and located in the building occupies
by the Store operated by Lessor at  Abingdon, Virginia        and all conditions
                                   --------------------------                   
for determination of the Commencement Date of the term of said lease have been
met.

     NOW, THEREFORE, pursuant to the provisions of the Section 2 of said lease,
Lessor and Lessee mutually agree that the Commencement Date of the term of said
lease is September 1,19 __, and that said term of said lease shall expire at
         ------------                                                      
midnight Eastern Standard Time on August 31 , 2001, unless extended or earlier
         -----------------        ----------------                            
terminated as provided for in said lease.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Lessor and Lessee have executed this agreement by and
through their duly authorized officers and caused their seals to be hereunto
affixed upon the day and year first above written.



By:______________________             By:______________________


   ______________________                ______________________
          (Title)                               (Title)

Attest:__________________             Attest:__________________
           Secretary                         Secretary



           Lessor                            Lessee
       (Corporate Seal)                  (Corporate Seal)



                                      18
<PAGE>
 
                                  "EXHIBIT C"
                             RULES AND REGULATIONS
                             ---------------------


     1.  Lessee shall keep open for business and operate the Banking Facility
during such days and hours as have been agreed upon in writing by Lessor and
Lessee under Schedule 1 of this Exhibit C and make no subsequent changes in
store days or hours without Lessor's prior written consent which consent shall
not be arbitrarily nor unreasonably withheld by Lessor.

     2.  The sidewalks and public portions of the store building such as
entrances, passages, vestibules, and aisles, shall not be obstructed or
encumbered by Lessee or used for any purpose other than ingress and egress to
and from the Premises.

     3.  No projections shall be attached by Lessee to the outside walls of the
store building without the prior written consent of Lessor.

     4.  No sign, advertisement, notice, or other lettering shall be exhibited,
inscribed, painted or affixed by Lessee on any part of the outside or interior
walls of the store building without obtaining the prior written consent of
Lessor.  Signs on doors to the Premises shall, at Lessee's expense, be
inscribed, painted, or affixed by a sign maker approved by Lessor.  In the event
of the violation of the foregoing by Lessee, Lessor may remove same without any
liability and may charge the expenses incurred by such removal to Lessee.
Lessee may display on the exterior of the Banking Facility temporary, tasteful
signs giving notice of holidays and such other information as is required to be
posted in the Banking Facility by any Regulatory Agency.

     5.  No display cases or other articles shall be put in front of or affixed
to any part of the exterior of the store building, nor placed in the interior of
the Store without the prior written consent of Lessor.

     6.  Lessee shall not in any way deface any part of the Premises or the
store building.

     7.  No cooking shall be done or permitted by Lessee in the Premises.

     8.  No part of the Premises shall be used for manufacturing, distribution,
or the storage of merchandise, or for the sale of merchandise, goods or property
of any kind at auction.

     9.  Lessee shall not make, or permit to be made, any unseemly or disturbing
noises or disturb or interfere with shoppers in the Store.



                                      19
<PAGE>
 
     10.  Neither Lessee, nor nay of Lessee's servants, employees, agents,
visitors, or licenses, shall at any timer bring or keep in the Premises any
inflammable, combustible or explosive fluid, or chemical substance other than
reasonable amounts of cleaning fluids or solvents required in the normal
operation of Lessee's business.

     11.  With the exception of daily money shipments and deliveries, the moving
in or out of any safes, freight, furniture, or bulky matter of any description
must take place during the hours which Lessor or its agent may determine from
time to time.

     12.  Lessor shall have the right to prohibit any advertising by Lessee
which, in Lessor's opinion, tends to impair the reputation of the Store or its
desirability as a Store for the public to shop, and upon written notice from
Lessor, Lessee shall refrain from or discontinue such advertising.



                                      20
<PAGE>
 
                                   SCHEDULE 1


                                   EXHIBIT C
                                   ---------

              DAYS AND HOURS BANKING FACILITY WILL BE OPEN FOR THE
                              CONDUCT OF BUSINESS


1.  The Banking Facility will be open for the conduct of business on the days
and no less than the hours hereinafter specified:

     Monday       10     a.m. -     7     p.m.
                ------------------------------
     Tuesday      10     a.m. -     7     p.m.
                ------------------------------
     Wednesday    10     a.m. -     7     p.m.
                ------------------------------
     Thursday     10     a.m. -     7     p.m.
                ------------------------------
     Friday       10     a.m. -     7     p.m.
                ------------------------------
     Saturday     10     a.m. -     7     p.m.
                ------------------------------
     Sunday     to be determined by Banking Facility
                ------------------------------------

2.  The Banking Facility will be closed for business on the following holidays:

     The Bank shall be closed for no more than those holidays observed by the
Banking Industry as set by the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

     Note:  If a holiday mentioned above is on a Sunday, then the Banking
     -----                                                               
Facility may be closed for business on the immediately succeeding Monday.

The foregoing is hereby approved by LESSOR and LESSEE.


On behalf of LESSOR:        On behalf of LESSEE:

- --------------------        ----------------------
     Title                 Title


Date________________        Date________________



                                      21
<PAGE>
 
                              COMMENCEMENT LETTER

Reference is made to that certain Lease Agreement dated the 15 th day of
October, 1996, by and between K-VA-T FOOD STORES, INC., as Landlord, and Matewan
Bank, FSB, as Tenant.

     WHEREAS Landlord leased to Tenant certain store space located at 377-C
                                                                      -----
Hazard Road, Food City Shopping Center in the Town of Whitesburg , County of
- --------------------------------------                -----------           
Letcher, Commonwealth of Kentucky, and;
- -------                  --------      

     WHEREAS the parties above desire to establish the date upon which said
Lease Agreement commenced, and;

     WHEREAS the parties above desire to establish the final size and rental
payments for the Premises Leased in said Lease Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable
consideration recited in the above referenced Lease Agreement the following is
acknowledged and agreed to by Landlord and Tenant:

(1)  The term of this lease shall be considered to have commenced on the 15th
                                                                         ----
day of December, 1996.
       --------       

(2)  The final size of the Leased shall be established as 745 square feet with a
                                                          ---                   
monthly rental of TWO THOUSAND DOLLARS, ($2,000.00), to be paid in accordance
                  --------------------    --------                           
with the terms and conditions recited in the above referenced Lease Agreement.

Landlord and Tenant have executed this letter affirming the above as of the
dates set forth below.

LANDLORD: K-VA-T FOOD STORES, INC.      TENANT: Matewan Bank FSB



By:__________________________             By:_____________________
Its__________________________             Its:____________________
Date:________________________             Date:___________________




                                      22

<PAGE>
 
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.17
                                                                   -------------



                                LEASE AGREEMENT
                                ---------------


     THIS LEASE AGREEMENT is made and entered into this _____day of
____________, 1996, by and between FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK OF VIRGINIA, a
national banking association, whose address is Attn: Corporate Real Estate
Division, 1420 Two First Union Center, Charlotte, North Carolina 20200-0340
("Landlord"), and MATEWAN BANCSHARES, whose address is P.O. Box 100, Williamson,
West Virginia ("Tenant").

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing Premises, the mutual
covenants set forth herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the
receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant,
intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

     1.  REPRESENTATIONS, PREMISES.  Landlord, in consideration of the rentals
hereinafter reserved to be paid and of the covenants, conditions and agreements
to be kept and performed by Tenant, hereby leases, lets and demises to the
Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases and hires from Landlord that certain space,
hereinafter called the Leased Premises, consisting of approximately 2,600 square
feet on the second floor located in the building at 201 Suffolk Avenue,
Richlands, Virginia 24641.

     2.  TERM.  The Term of this Lease shall begin on the 1st day of July, 1996,
(the "Commencement Date") and shall continue for TWO (2) years, ending on the
30th day of June, 1998, on which date the tenancy created hereunder shall
terminate without notice.

     3.  OPTION TO EXTEND TERM.  Negotiable after one (1) year.

     4.  BASE RENT.  In consideration for the use of the Leased Premises, Tenant
shall pay to Landlord without set off, counterclaim, or abatement of any nature
whatsoever, as Base Monthly Rent during the period July 1, 1996 through June 30,
1998, the sum of Two Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($2,000.00), payable on the
first day of each month.  ALL RENT CHECKS ARE TO BE MADE PAYABLE TO FIRST UNION
NATIONAL BANK AND MAILED TO FUNB/VA PROPERTIES, P.O. BOX 85080, RICHMOND,
VIRGINIA 23285-4066.

     5.  USE.  The Leased Premises shall be occupied and used solely for
financial services including lending, annuities and insurance, etc., and for no
other purposes whatsoever.

     6.  UTILITIES AND OTHER SERVICES; REPAIRS.  Landlord shall furnish on or
near the office space a reasonable amount of water, electricity, air
conditioning and heat for Tenant's use during ordinary business hours in a
manner customary to similar office buildings in the same locale.  The heating
and air conditioning system in said building shall be operated only when
Landlord, in
<PAGE>
 
its sole judgment, considers that the weather requires it. Tenant agrees to and
shall keep all plumbing, electrical, and heating in good repair. In addition,
Tenant shall maintain and make all other repairs in or to the Leased Premises
and any equipment located therein.

     (a)  If the building is equipped with elevator(s), Landlord shall furnish
elevator service (self-service or otherwise) to all floors of the building
during ordinary business hours, but shall not be liable for damages nor shall
the rental hereinabove stipulated be abated for failure to furnish such service
when such failure is not due to Landlord's negligence.

     (b)  Tenant shall be responsible for its own janitorial services.

     7.  ALTERATIONS.  Tenant shall accept the Leased Premises in "as is"
condition.  Tenant shall make no alterations, additions or improvements to the
office space (such as subdividing partitions of installing walls, paneling,
bookshelves, floor covering, cabinets, and similar items) without obtaining the
prior written consent of Landlord.  Such consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld in the case of minor alterations to conform the office space to the use
of Tenant.  Tenant shall bear the cost and be solely responsible for the
property damage or bodily injury resulting from any alterations which are
permitted by Landlord hereunder.  When made, such additions or improvements made
by Tenant (except only moveable office furniture, book shelves and similar
equipment) shall become the property of Landlord and shall remain upon and be
surrendered with the office space at the termination of this Lease or upon
Tenant's vacating said premises.  Landlord may, at its option, however, require
Tenant to remove any such additions or improvements which Landlord designates in
written notice, delivered to Tenant specifying the items to be removed.  Upon
receipt of such notice Tenant shall complete the removal of the designated items
not later than the date of the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease
or five (5) days after receiving such notice, whichever is later.  Tenant agrees
to and shall promptly reimburse Landlord for any expenses which Landlord incurs
in connection with removing such items (if Tenant fails to do so) and restoring
the office space to its original condition.  Tenant, at its sole cost and
expense, shall comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations relating
to the Leased Premises.

     8.  FIRE AND OTHER CASUALTY.  Landlord covenants and agrees to keep the
said building insured against loss by fire, with extended coverage, along with
any and all contents being the property of Landlord.  In no event shall Landlord
be liable for fire and extended coverage insurance covering the property of
Tenant located in the Leased Premises.  Tenant covenants and agrees to keep the
said personal property owned by Tenant insured against loss by fire, with
extended coverage, along with any and all contents being the property of the
Tenant.  If the Leased Premises are damaged by fire or any other casualty
covered under Landlord's insurance policy, Landlord agrees to repair such
damage, provided
<PAGE>
 
if such damage deprives Tenant of the use and occupancy of more than half of the
leased space for a period grater than ninety (90) days, then either Landlord or
Tenant shall have the option, exercisable within thirty (30) days after the date
such damage occurs, to terminate this Lease by written notice to the other,
effective as of a date not less than thirty (30) days after the date such notice
is mailed to such party.


     9.  INDEMNITY.  Tenant shall indemnify, defend and save Landlord harmless
against and from any and all claims or causes (whether groundless or otherwise)
by or on behalf of any person, firm or corporation for personal injury or
property damage occurring in the office space or building, or upon the parking
lot or any other facility or appurtenance used in connection with the office
space occasioned in whole or in part by any of the following: (a) any act or
omission on the part of Tenant or any employee (whether or not acting within the
scope of employment), agent, invitee or guest, assignee or subtenant; (b) any
misuse, neglect or unlawful use of the office space, the building or any of its
facilities; (c) any breach, violation or non-performance of any undertaking of
Tenant under this Lease; or (d) anything growing out of the use and occupancy of
the office space by the Tenant or anyone holding or claiming to hold through or
under Tenant.

     10.  PERSONAL PROPERTY.   All personal property of any kind or description
whatsoever in or near the office space, building or parking lot, shall be at the
Tenant's sole risk, and the Landlord shall not be liable for any damage done to
or loss of such personal property.  Landlord shall not be liable for damage or
loss suffered by the business or occupation of the Tenant arising from any act
or omission of co-tenants or other occupants of or visitors to the building, the
employees or agents of Landlord or of other persons.  Neither shall Landlord be
liable for such personal property loss or damage due to the bursting,
overflowing or leaking of water, sewer or steam pipes, or from the heating or
plumbing fixtures, or from electric wires, or from gas or odors, or caused in
any other manner whatsoever.

     11.  TAXES.  Landlord shall make timely payment of all real property (ad
valorem) taxes and assessments levied against the office space.  Tenant shall
make timely payment of all taxes and assessments levied against Tenant's stock
of merchandise, furniture, equipment, supplies and other like property incident
to Tenant's occupancy of the office space, and of all privilege and business
licenses, taxes and similar charges for which Tenant is primarily responsible.
Tenant's obligation to pay taxes and assessments shall include (but shall not be
limited to) those assessed against trade furnishings, fixtures and equipment
which Tenant may be privileged to remove upon termination of this Lease.

     12.  INSURANCE.

     (a)  Tenant shall be responsible for keeping all furniture,
<PAGE>
 
fixtures, equipment and other property incident to Tenant's use of the office
space insured against loss or damage by fire, and shall hold Landlord harmless
against any liability for such loss.

     (b)  Tenant shall provide and keep in force, for the protection of Tenant
and Landlord, general public liability insurance against claims for property
damage, bodily injury or death upon or near the office space or near any other
facility used in connection with Tenant's occupancy of the office space in
amount of not less than $2,000,000 in respect to bodily injury or death to any
one person and for bodily injury or death to more than one person arising out of
one accident or disaster and property damage insurance with limits of not less
than $2,000,000.  Tenant shall also carry, at its own expense, plate glass
insurance, where appropriate.  Upon request by Landlord, Tenant shall furnish
Landlord satisfactory evidence of such coverage.

     13.  RIGHT OF ENTRY.  Landlord shall have the right to enter the office
space at any time for the following purposes:
     (a) To examine the premises.

     (b) To make such repairs, additions, or alterations to the office space or
to the building as may be deemed necessary for the safety and comfort of the
occupants of the building or the preservation of said building (including the
right, during the progress of such alterations or repairs, to keep and store
within or near the office space, all necessary materials, tools, equipment,
etc.).

     (c) To show to prospective tenants during the last six months of the lease
term.
     (d) To show to prospective purchasers of the building.

     (e) For any purpose which Landlord may deem necessary or useful to the
operation and maintenance of the building.  The right of entry shall likewise
exist for the purpose of removing placards, signs, fixtures, alterations or
additions which do not conform to this Lease or the Rules and Regulations of the
building; and for Landlord to abate at Tenant's sole cost and expense any of
the Rules and Regulations herein referred to if Landlord shall see fit to do so.
No such entry shall render Landlord liable to any claim or cause of action for
loss or damage to property Tenant occasioned by such entry or shall in any
manner affect any other obligations and covenants of this lease.

     14.  EMINENT DOMAIN.  In the event more than half of the building in which
the office space is located or more than half of such office space shall be
taken by any public authority under the power of eminent domain, or like power,
or upon sale of the building to any public authority under threat of a public
taking, this Lease shall terminate as of the date possession thereof shall be
required to be delivered to the appropriate authority.  If this Lease is not
terminated as hereunder provided, Landlord shall make such structural repairs to
the building as may be appropriate and Tenant shall make such repairs to the
Leased Premises as may be appropriate.  In no event may Tenant make any claim
against the public authority in connection with any taking if the result of
<PAGE>
 
such claim, if granted, would reduce Landlord's claim.

     15. SIGNS AND ADVERTISING. Without the prior written consent of Landlord,
Tenant shall not permit the painting or display of any signs, placard, lettering
or advertising material of any kind on or visible from the exterior of the
office space.

     16.  ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.  Without Landlord's prior consent, Tenant
shall not assign this Lease, or sublet any part of the office space, or
otherwise transfer any right or interest hereunder.  If Landlord gives its
consent, such approval shall not release Tenant form Tenant's duties and
obligations hereunder and shall be limited only to the particular instance
described in the consent upon such terms and conditions and for such purposes as
stated therein.

     17.  REMOVAL OF EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES.  All trade furnishings, fixtures
and equipment in the office space which are supplied and installed at the sole
expense of Tenant shall remain Tenant's property.  Tenant may remove these items
after termination of the Lease provided:

     (a) Tenant is not in default hereunder at the time of termination;
     (b) Removal of the items can be accomplished without major damage to the
office space or building; and
     (c) Tenant immediately repairs or reimburses Landlord for the cost of
repairing all resulting damage or defacement to the office space or building due
to such removal.

     18.  SURRENDER OF POSSESSION.  Tenant shall deliver up and surrender to
Landlord possession of the office space at the expiration or termination of this
Lease by lapse of time or otherwise in as good repair and condition as when
Tenant was first put into possession of the office space, reasonable wear and
tear alone excepted.

     19.  LATE FEES.  Any installments of Base Monthly Rent or additional rent
remaining unpaid for five (5) days after the date when due shall be subject to a
late charge equal to five percent (5%) of such installment.  In addition to the
forgoing, and without regard to whether this Lease has been terminated, Tenant
shall pay to Landlord all costs incurred by Landlord, including reasonable
attorneys' fees, disbursements and actual costs, with respect to any lawsuit or
action instituted or taken by Landlord to enforce the provisions of this Lease.

     20.  EVENTS OF AND REMEDIES UPON DEFAULT.  As used in this Lease, the term
"Event of Default" shall mean any of the following:
     (a) Tenant's failure to make payment of any rental installment within ten
(10) days after same is due and payable;
     (b) Tenant vacates the Leased Premises, becomes bankrupt, makes an
assignment for the benefit of creditors or becomes insolvent;
<PAGE>
 
     (c) Tenant's failure within ten (10) days after receipt of demand from
Landlord to fulfill any obligation imposed on Tenant by this Lease;
     (d) A receiver is appointed for Tenant, Tenant's property or Tenant's
leasehold interest hereunder;
     (e) Tenant's personal property used in connection with the office space is
taken on execution or similar process; or
     (f) Failure of Tenant to discharge any mechanic's lien filed against the
Leased Premises as a result of any work performed at the Leased Premises for
Tenant within thirty (30) days after the filing thereof.

     Upon the happening of an Event of Default, Landlord, at its option, may:
     (a) Terminate this Lease;
     (b) If default consist in whole or in part of Tenant's failure to expend
funds, make the necessary expenditures for the account of Tenant which
expenditures shall be deemed additional rent due and payable with the next
rental payment thereafter falling due;

     (c) Terminate Tenant's right to possession of the office space without
terminating the term of its Lease, Tenant to continue to be liable to Landlord
hereunder for all rental and other charges payable hereunder for the remainder
of the lease term; or

     (d) Exercise any other remedies available to Landlord at law, equity, or
otherwise.

     21.  WAIVER.  Failure of the Landlord to insist, at any time or times, upon
strict performance of this Lease, or its failure to exercise any option
hereunder, shall not be construed as a waiver of such covenant or option, but
the same shall continue and remain in full force.  Landlord's receipt of rent,
with knowledge of Tenant's default, shall not be deemed a waiver of such
default, and no waiver of any provision hereof shall be deemed to have been made
unless expressed in writing and signed by Landlord.  If Tenant makes any payment
of amount less than due hereunder, Landlord may without notice accept the same
as payment on account and Landlord shall not be bound by any notation on any
check involving such payment or any statement in any accompanying letter or
other writing.  The receipt by Landlord of any rent or any other sum of money or
any other consideration paid by Tenant after the termination in any manner of
the term herein granted, or after the giving by Landlord of any notice as
provided herein to effect such termination, shall not reinstate, continue, or
extend the term herein granted or destroy, or in any manner impair the efficacy
of any such notice of termination as may have been given hereunder by Landlord
to the Tenant prior to the receipt of any such sum or money or other
consideration, unless so agreed to in writing and signed by the Landlord.  The
delivery of the keys to the office space to any officer or employee of Landlord
shall not operate as a termination of this Lease or as a surrender of the office
space.  Waiver by Landlord of any covenant or agreement set forth in this Lease
shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach or any other
covenant or agreement of the Lease.  No act or conduct
<PAGE>
 
of any nature or character on the part of Landlord, its agent, representative or
employee, other than by an agreement in writing signed by Landlord, shall be
construed as a waiver of the provisions set forth herein, irrespective of any
circumstances existing at the time of any such acts or conduct.

     22.  COST AND COUNSEL FEES.  To the extent permitted by law, Tenant shall
pay all costs and reasonable attorney's fees incurred by Landlord in the
enforcement of this Lease arising out of any default on the part Tenant.

     23.  POSSESSION.  (a) Early possession.  If the office space is ready for
occupancy prior to the date set forth above.  Tenant may elect (but shall not be
required) to accept possession before that day, in which event the period of
early possession shall be added to the term of this Lease and  the rental for
the office space shall be added to the term of the Lease and the rental for the
office space shall begin immediately.  (b) Delayed possession.  If the office
space is not ready for occupancy and possession is not tendered or delivered to
Tenant until after the date set forth above, the term of this Lease shall begin
on the date when said office space is ready and possession is tendered or
delivered and the rental shall be abated proportionately.

     24.  NOTICE.  Any notice or demand which under the terms of this Lease or
by reason of any law must or may be given or made shall be in writing and may be
given or mad by mailing same by registered or certified mail, to the Landlord at
Barnes, Morris, Pardoe & Foster Management Services, LLC, 1150 18th Street,
N.W., Suite 1050, Washington, D.C. 20036, Attention: Jennifer A. Redmond, and to
Tenant, at the address on Lease.  Either party, however, may designate in
writing such new or other address to which such notice or demand shall
thereafter be made or mailed.  Any notice given hereunder by mail shall be
deemed delivered when deposited in a United States post office box, postage
prepaid.

     25.  MECHANIC'S LIEN.  Tenant shall not do or suffer anything to be done
wherby the land or building of which the office space is a part may be
encumbered by any mechanic's or materialman's lien.  Whenever and as often as
any mechanic's lien is filed against said land or building purporting to be for
labor or material furnished or to be furnished to the Tenant, Tenant shall
discharge same of record within ten (10) days after the date of filing.  Notice
is hereby given that Landlord shall not be liable for any labor or materials
furnished or materialman's lien or other security interest of any kind
whatsoever for any such labor or materials shall attach to or affect Landlord's
interest in and to the land or building of which the office space herein leased
to Tenant is a part.

     26.  REMEDIES CUMULATIVE.  The remedies given to Landlord herein are
cumulative and not alternative and are in addition to any other rights Landlord
may have at law or in equity or
<PAGE>
 
otherwise.

     27.  BINDING EFFECT.  The covenants and agreements contained herein shall
apply to and inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto,
their respective successors and assigns.

     28. CONTRACT MADE. Tenant acknowledged that none of Landlord's agents,
employees, or other representatives, have the power or authority to modigy or
accept a surrender of this lease, and that such power and authority is rested
solely in the officers of the Landlord. Landlord has made no representations or
promises in respect to the office space except those contained herein, and
those, if any, contained in some written communication to Tenant signed by an
officer of Landlord.

     29.  QUIET ENJOYMENT.  Provide Tenant has performed all of the terms,
covenants, agreements, and conditions of this Lease, including the payment of
Rental and all other sums due hereunder, Tenant shall peaceably and quietly hold
and enjoy the Leased Premises against landlord and all persons claiming by,
through or under Landlord, for the term herein described subject to the
provisions and conditions of this Lease.

     30.  HOLDING OVER.  In the event that Tenant shall not immediately
surrender the Leased Premises on the date of expiration of the term hereof,
Tenant shall, by virtue of the provisions hereof, becomea a Tenant by the month
at a monthly rent equal to the greater of (a) the then fair market rental value
of the Leased Premises or (b) two (2) times the monthly rental in effect during
the last month of the term of this Lease, which said monthly tenancy shall
commence with the first day next after the expiration of the term of this
Lease.  The Tenant as a monthly Tenant shall be subject to all of the conditions
and covenants of this Lease at least thirty (30) days written notice of any
intention to quit the Leased Premises, and Tenant shall be entitled to thirty
(30) days written notice to quit the Leased Premises, and Tenant shall be
entitled to rent in advance or of the breach of any other covenant by the
Tenant, in which event Tenant shall not be entitled to any notice to quit, the
usual thirty (30) days notice to quit being hereby expressly waived.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Paragraph 30, in the event that
Tenant shall hold over after the expiration of the term of this Lease, then at
any time prior to Landlord's acceptance of rent from Tenant as a monthly tenant
hereunder, Landlord at its option, may forthwith re-enter and take possession of
the Leased Premises without process, or by any legal process in force in the
jurisdiction in which the Leased Premises are located.

     31.  RIGHT OF TERMINATION.  Should Landlord sell or transfer the ownership
of the building, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease, subject
to the terms and conditions hereinafter act forth.  Landlord may exercise such
right by delivering notice to Tenant at least one-hundred twenty (120) days
<PAGE>
 
prior to the termination date.  If Landlord elects to terminate the Lease in
accordance with this Section 31, Tenant shall not be entitled to receive any
cancellation fee or other compensation from Landlord, and Tenant shall not be
obligated to pay any termination fee to Landlord.

     32. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Lease includes all of the understandings and
agreements of the parties, and its terms shall not be changed or varied except
in writing signed by both parties.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this lease is duly executed by Landlord and Tenant.

WITNESS/ATTEST:                   TENANT: MATEWANBANC
                                  SHARES



______________________            _________________________
                                  By:  Dan R. Moore
                                  Its: President


WITNESS/ATTEST:                   LANDLORD: FIRST UNION
                                  NATIONAL BANK OF VIRGINIA






______________________            _________________________
                                  By:  William S. Transou
                                  Its: Vice President

<PAGE>
 
                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.18
                                                                  -------------


                                     LEASE
                                     -----

THIS AGREEMENT OF LEASE ("Lease") is made and entered into this ________ day of
- -----------------------                                                        
___________, 1996, by and between PARKWAY PLAZA ASSOCIATES, a Tennessee Limited
                                  ------------------------                     
Partnership ("Landlord") and MATEWAN BANK, FSB, a federal savings bank
                             -----------------                        
("Tenant").


                              W I T N E S S E T H:


     1.  Demised Premises.  Landlord, for the term and subject to the provisions
         ----------------                                                       
and conditions hereof, leases to Tenant, and Tenant rents from Landlord, certain
space (the "Demised Premises") containing 1400+/- rentable square feet, as shown
                                          -------                               
on the plot plan provided by Frank M. White and included on Exhibit A attached
hereto and made a part hereof, in the building known as Building __________ (the
"Building") located in a shopping center situate on SR 114 in the City of
Prestonsburg, Kentucky, and a 25' right of way adjacent to the Building for use
by the Tenant for its drive through facility, all of which is shown on Exhibit A
("Shopping Center") and the legal description of which is described on Exhibit B
attached hereto and made a part hereof, together with rights of ingress and
egress thereto, and with the right in common with others to use, to the extent
applicable, the common areas and to pass over and park on that portion of
Shopping Center owned by Landlord and designated by the Landlord for parking on
Exhibit A.

     2.  Lease Term.  The lease term (the "Lease Term") shall commence on the
         ----------                                                          
commencement date (the "Commencement Date") which shall be the earlier of (a)
the date Tenant opens for the transaction of business, or (b) ninety (90) days
following the date of this Lease and shall continue for a period of three (3)
years thereafter unless extended or sooner terminated as provided herein.  Upon
actual determination by Landlord and Tenant of the Commencement Date and,
consequently, the Lease Term, Landlord and Tenant shall confirm in writing the
Commencement Date and the termination date of the Lease and Tenant's acceptance
of the Demised Premises in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C.  Landlord
shall deliver possession of the Demised Premises prior to the Commencement Date
to Tenant to permit Tenant to make the initial improvements.  No rent of
additional rent shall be charged prior to the Commencement Date.

     Tenant is granted the right and option (the "Renewal Option") to extend the
term of this Lease for five (5) additional periods of three (3) years, and, if
such renewal is effectively exercised, such renewal term (the "Renewal Term")
shall commence upon the expiration of the previous term of this Lease, provided,
that:

                                       1
<PAGE>
 
     a.  Such option must be exercised, if at all, by written notice from Tenant
to Landlord given at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the then
current term; and

     b.  At the time of exercising such option, this Lease shall be in full
force and effect and there shall exist no default by Tenant which remains
uncured beyond any applicable period of grace.

     In the event the foregoing option is effectively exercised, all the terms
and conditions contained in this Lease shall continue to apply.

     3.  Rent.
         ---- 
     a.  Initial Term.  Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord a fixed rent for the
         ------------                                                        
Demised Premises during the initial term of this Lease the sum of Twelve
Thousand Dollars ($12,000.00) per annum, such rental to be paid in advance
without demand on the first day of each and every month in twelve (12) equal
monthly installments of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00) per month.  The first
monthly payment of rent shall include any prorated rental for the period from
the Commencement Date of the Lease Term to the first day of the first full
calendar month in the Lease Term.  Rent will be made payable to Parkway Plaza,
537 Market St. Suite 400, Chattanooga, Tennessee 37402.

     b.  Extended Terms.  The yearly rental to be paid during each extended term
         --------------                                                         
of this Lease shall be adjusted to reflect changes in the cost of living in the
manner hereinafter set forth.  As used herein, Price Index shall mean the
Consumer Price Index, All Urban Consumers (CPI-U) [1982-84=100]  (All Cities),
as complied and published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the United States
Department of Labor.  In the event the Price Index should be computed on a
different basis, appropriate adjustments shall be made for the purpose of the
computations hereunder.  If the Department of Labor should discontinue
publishing the Price Index, then a comparable index published by another branch
or department of the federal government or by a recognized financial institution
shall be used as the basis for such adjustments.  The yearly rental for each
extended term of this Lease shall be determined by multiplying $12,000 by the
quotient resulting from the division of the index number for the month of the
expiring term by the corresponding index number for the month in which
"Commencement Date" begins.

     4.  Use of Demised Premises.  Tenant covenants and agrees to use and occupy
         -----------------------                                                
the Demised Premises for the operation of a federal savings bank and other uses
incidental thereto.

     5.  Repairs, Alterations and Improvements.  Tenant shall, at its own cost
         -------------------------------------                                
and expense, make the initial improvements to the Demised Premises which are
described on Exhibit D attached hereto.

     Tenant shall, throughout the term of this Lease and any extensions or
renewals thereof, keep the Demised Premises

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
(including the interior surface of the exterior walls and the exterior and
interior portions of all windows, doors, and plate glass) in as good a repair
and condition as the same are in upon the commencement of this Lease, reasonable
wear and tear and damage caused by fire or other casualty excepted.  Landlord
shall throughout the term of this Lease and any extensions or renewals thereof,
maintain and cause to be kept in good repair the foundation, the roof,
structural soundness of the floor, the exterior walls of the Building (excluding
the interior surface of the exterior walls and excluding the exterior and
interior portions of all window, doors and plate glass), the exterior water,
sewage and gas and electrical services up to the point of entry to the Demised
Premises caused by the failure to maintain the exterior and structural
components shall not be the responsibility of the Tenant.  Tenant shall be
responsible for providing all repairs and replacements to the plumbing,
electrical and heating and air conditioning system for the Building.  Landlord
shall at its expense put the heating and air conditioning system in proper
working order before delivery to Tenant.

     Tenant shall have the right, at its own expense (subject to the prior
written consent of Landlord for substantial improvements), to make any
additional improvements, repairs or alterations to the Demised Premises which it
deems advisable so long as such improvements, repairs or alterations shall not
lessen the value of the Demised Premises or weaken the structural strength of
the Building.  Tenant shall keep the Demised Premises free and clear of all
liens of contractors, materialmen, laborers and suppliers with whom it shall
contract for the furnishing of goods and services for the Demised Premises and
shall indemnify and save harmless Landlord from any claims resulting therefrom.
Any improvements made by Tenant which become affixed to the Demised Premises
shall become a part thereof and shall become and remain the property of Landlord
upon the termination of this Lease.

     6.  Completion of Demised Premises.  Tenant agrees to accept possession of
         ------------------------------                                        
the Demised Premises in an "AS IS" condition.  Tenant shall be responsible for
all improvements to be made to the Demised Premises to enable Tenant to conduct
its business.

     7.  Common Area Maintenance.  Landlord shall be responsible for the prompt
         -----------------------                                               
maintenance of all common areas of the Shopping Center including, but not
limited to, cleaning, lighting, removal of snow and ice, maintenance of
landscape areas, resurfacing, stripping and general maintenance.  Tenant agrees
to pay Landlord as additional rental in the manner set forth in paragraph 9 its
proportionate share, based on square footage, of the cost of keeping and
maintaining the common areas, including a fifteen percent (15%) administrative
fee based on actual maintenance expense to be paid Landlord.  Notwithstanding
anything set forth in this Lease, the common area maintenance fee paid shall not
increase by more than ten percent (10%) over the common area maintenance fee
paid in the prior year.  Upon request of Tenant, Landlord agrees to

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
exhibit to Tenant true copies of paid invoices and statements and the
calculation of the common area maintenance fee.

     8.  Taxes and Insurance.  During the term of this Lease, Tenant agrees to
         -------------------                                                  
pay and reimburse to Landlord as additional rental the amount of Tenant's
proportionate share of ad valorem real estate taxes, special assessments and
improvements liens levied against the Demised premises as assessed as completed.
Further, Tenant agrees to pay its proportionate share of the annual premium cost
of fire and extended coverage insurance on the Demised Premises and public
liability insurance on the common areas of the Shopping Center.  Upon request of
Tenant, Landlord agrees to exhibit to Tenant true copies of paid tax statements
and insurance premium statements as evidence of charges payable by Tenant.  In
the event that taxes, insurance or other charges payable by Tenant under this
paragraph are assessed against the entire Shopping Center rather than the
Demised Premises, Tenant agrees to pay the portion of the total amount which is
equal to the percentage of which the total square foot floor area of all store
buildings covered by such assessment of premium charge.

     9.  Payment of Taxes, Insurance and Common Area Maintenance Fees.  For each
         ------------------------------------------------------------           
calendar year and partial lease year, the additional rental provided for in
paragraphs 7 and 8 herein shall be estimated by Landlord, provided to Tenant and
shall be paid by Tenant, in advance, in monthly installments on the first day of
each calendar month.  Subsequent to the end of each calendar or partial year,
Landlord shall furnish Tenant with a statement of the actual amount of Tenant's
proportionate share of such costs and expenses for such period.  If the total
amount paid by Tenant under paragraphs 7 and 8 for any calendar year shall be
less than the actual amount due from Tenant for such year as shown on such
statement, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the difference between the amount paid
within thirty (30) days after the furnishing of each such statement, provided,
however, in no event shall the common area maintenance fee exceed $200 per
month; and, if the total amount paid by Tenant hereunder for any such calendar
year shall exceed such actual amount due from against subsequent installments
due form Tenant to Landlord or, at the expiration of this Lease, repaid to
Tenant.

     10.  Inspection; Access.  Landlord and its agents or other representatives
          ------------------                                                   
shall be permitted to enter the Demised Premises at reasonable times upon at
least twenty-four (24) hours advance notice to Tenant (i) to examine, inspect
and protect the Demised Premises and the Building and (ii) during the last three
(3) months of the original or any renewal term, to show it to prospective
tenants.

     11.  Surrender of Demised Premises.  Tenant shall, at the end of the Lease
          -----------------------------                                        
Term, or any extension thereof, promptly surrender the Demised Premises in good
order and condition and in conformity with

                                       4
<PAGE>
 
the applicable provisions of this Lease, excepting only reasonable wear and
tear.

     12.  Quiet Enjoyment.  Landlord warrants that it is the owner of the
          ---------------                                                
Demised Premises hereby leased and that Tenant upon paying the rent and
performing the covenants on its part to be kept and performed, as herein
contained, shall and may peaceably and quietly hold, use and enjoy the Demised
Premises during the term of this Lease.

     13.  Eminent Domain.  If the Demised Premises (or the use, occupancy or
          --------------                                                    
access to or of the Demised Premises) shall be taken or condemned by any
governmental or quasi-governmental authority for any public or quasi-public use
or purpose (including sale under threat of such a taking), or if the Landlord
elects to convey title to the condemnor by a deed in lieu of condemnation, or if
all or any portion of the Demised Premises are so taken, condemned or conveyed
and, as result thereof, in Tenant's reasonable economic judgment, the Demised
Premises cannot be used for Tenant's permitted use as set forth herein, then
this Lease shall cease and terminate as of the date when title vests in such
governmental or quasi-governmental authority and the Fixed Rent and Additional
Rent shall be abated on the date when such title vests in such governmental or
quasi-governmental authority.

     14.  Casualty Damage.  In the event of damage to or destruction of the
          ---------------                                                  
Demised Premises caused by fire or other casualty, or any such damage or
destruction to the Building or the facilities necessary to provide services and
normal access to the Demised Premises in accordance herewith, Landlord shall
undertake to make repairs and restorations with reasonable diligence as
hereinafter provided, unless this Lease has been terminated by Landlord or
Tenant as hereinafter provided or unless any mortgagee which is entitled to
receive d\casualty insurance proceeds fails to make available to Landlord a
sufficient amount of such proceeds to cover the cost of such repairs and
restoration.  If (i) the damage is of such nature or extent that, in Landlord's
and Tenant's reasonable judgment, more than ninety (90) days would be required
(with normal work crews and hours) to repair and restore the part of the Demised
premises or building which has been damage, or (ii) the Demised Premises or the
Building is so damaged that, in Landlord's reasonable judgment, it is
uneconomical to restore or repair the Demised Premises or the Building, as the
case may be, or (iii) less than one (1) year then remains on the current Lease
Term, Landlord shall so advise Tenant promptly, and either party, in the cases
described in clauses (i) and (iii) above, or Landlord, in the case described in
clause (ii) above, within thirty (30) days after any such damage or destruction
shall have the right to terminate this Lease by written notice to the other, as
of the date specified in such notice, which termination date shall be no later
than thirty (30) days after the date of such notice.

     In the event of fire or other casualty damage, provided this

                                       5
<PAGE>
 
Lease is not terminated pursuant to the terms of this paragraph and is otherwise
in full force and effect, Landlord shall proceed diligently to restore the
Demised Premises to substantially its condition prior to the occurrence of the
damage.  Landlord shall not be obligated to repair or restore andy alterations,
additions, fixtures or equipment which Tenant may have installed (whether or not
Tenant has the right or the obligation to remove the same or is required to
leave the same on the Demised Premises as of the expiration or earlier
termination of this Lease) unless Tenant in a manner satisfactory to Landlord,
assures payment in full of all costs as may be incurred by Landlord in
connection therewith.

     Tenant shall, at its sole expense, insure the value of its leasehold
improvements, fixtures, equipment and personal property located in or on the
Demised Premises.  If there are any such alterations, fixtures or additions and
Tenant does not assure or agree to assure payment of the cost of restoration of
repair as aforesaid, Landlord shall have the right to restore the Demised
Premises to substantially the same conditions as existed prior to the damage
excepting such alterations, additions or fixtures.

     The validity and effect of this Lease shall not be impaired in any way by
the failure of Landlord to complete repairs and restoration of the Demised
Premises or of the Building within ninety (90) days after commencement of the
work, even if Landlord had in good faith notified Tenant that the repair and
restoration could be completed within such period, provided that Landlord
proceeds diligently with such repair and restoration and provided, further, that
in the event andy such repairs delay Tenant from resuming its business at the
Demised Premises for more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of
casualty, for any reason, Tenant may terminate this Lease by giving written
notice thereof to Landlord.  In the case of damage to the Demised Premises which
is of a nature or extent that Tenant's continued occupancy of all or a part of
the Demised Premises is substantially impaired to the extend that Tenant cannot
conduct its business therein, then the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent otherwise
payable by Tenant hereunder shall be equitably abated or adjusted from the date
of such casualty throughout the duration of such impairment.

     15.  Insurance; Indemnification; Waiver of Subrogation.  Tenant covenants
          -------------------------------------------------                   
and agrees to exonerate, indemnify, defend, protect and save Landlord, its
representatives and Landlord's managing agent, if any, harmless from and against
any and all claims, demands, expenses, losses, suits and damages as may be
occasioned by reason of (i) any accident or matter occurring on or about the
Demised Premises, causing injury to persons or damage to property (including,
without limitation, the Demised Premises), unless such accident or other matter
resulted in whole or in part from the negligence or otherwise tortious act of
Landlord or Landlord's agents, servants, invitees or employees, (ii) the failure
of Tenant fully and faithfully to perform the obligations and observe the
conditions of this Lease, and (iii) the negligence or otherwise tortious act of
Tenant, its agents, servants, invitees

                                       6
<PAGE>
 
or employees.  Tenant shall maintain in full force and effect, at its own
expense, comprehensive general liability insurance (including a contractual
liability and fire legal liability insurance endorsement) naming as an
additional insured Landlord and Landlord's managing agent, if any, against
claims for bodily injury, death or property damage in amounts not less than
$1,000,000.00.  At or prior to the commencement Date, Tenant shall deposit
certificates evidencing the insurance coverage required by this paragraph and
shall deposit with Landlord renewals thereof within twenty (20) days of
Landlord's written request therefor.  Said policy or policies of insurance or
certificates thereof shall have attached thereto an endorsement that such policy
shall not be cancelled without at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to
Landlord and Landlord's managing agent, if any, that no act or omission of
Tenant shall invalidate the interest of Landlord under said insurance and
expressly waiving all rights of subrogation as set forth below.  At Landlord's
request, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a letter from and authorized
representative of its insurance carrier stating that Tenant's current and
effective insurance coverage complies with the requirements contained herein.

     Landlord and Tenant hereby release the other from any and all liability or
responsibility to the other or anyone claiming through or under them by way of
subrogation or otherwise for any loss or damage to property covered by insurance
then in force, even if any such fire or other casualty occurrence shall have
been caused by the fault or negligence of the other party, or anyone for whom
such party may be responsible.  Landlord and Tenant further agree to provide
such endorsements for said insurance policies required hereunder agreeing to the
waiver of subrogation as required herein.

     Landlord covenants and agrees to exonerate, indemnify, defend, protect and
save Tenant, harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, expenses,
losses,suits and damages as may be occasioned by reason of (i) any accident or
matter occurring on or about the Building, causing injury to persons or damage
to property (excluding the Demised Premises), unless such accident or other
matter resulted from the negligence or otherwise tortious act of Tenant or
Tenant's agents, servants, invitees or employees, (ii) the failure of Landlord
fully and faithfully to perform the obligations and observe the conditions of
this Lease, and (iii) the negligence or otherwise tortious act of Landlord, its
agents, servants, invitees or employees.  Landlord shall maintain in full force
and effect, at its own expense, comprehensive general liability insurance
(including a contractual liability and fire legal liability insurance
endorsement) against claims for bodily injury, death or property damage in
amounts not less than $1,000,000.00, and shall maintain in full force and effect
"all risk" property damage insurance in an amount equal to the full replacement
value of the Building, including the Demised Premises, as such may change from
time to time.

     16.  Signage.  During the term of this Lease, Tenant shall be permitted to
          -------                                                              
place a sign in the Shopping Center at the location to

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
be determined in conformity with the sign specifications described on Exhibit E
and approved by the Landlord.  Tenant shall remove said sign when the term of
this Lease shall terminate.  Landlord consents to Tenant painting the canopy on
the building in which the premises are located-Matewan green.

     17.  Utilities.  Tenant shall pay all charges for all utilities and
          ---------                                                     
services used by it and supplied by Landlord, public utility or public authority
or any other person, firm or corporation.  Landlord shall maintain the necessary
mains, conduits, wires and cable to bring water, gas and electricity to the
Demised Premises.

     18.  Covenants of Landlord.  Landlord warrants, represents and covenants as
          ---------------------                                                 
follows:

     a.  Landlord warrants that it is the owner of the Demised Premises and that
the same is free and clear of liens and encumbrances, except as provided in any
non-disturbance agreement delivered herewith.

     b.  Landlord has the authority to execute this Lease.
     c.  To the best of its knowledge, there are no known defects or structural,
electrical, plumbing, heating or air conditioning problems with the Demised
Premises.
     d.  To the best of its knowledge, the Demised Premises complies with all
federal, state and local laws, regulations, building and fire codes.

     e.  To the best of its knowledge, Landlord covenants and represents the
availability of all utilities, access, zoning or any other fact bearing upon the
suitability or adaptability of the Demised Premises for uses contemplated by the
Tenant.

     f.  Landlord covenants that it will no lease space in the Shopping Center,
during the term of this Lease, to another bank or financial institution, except
for the operation of a finance company.

     19.  Hazardous Substances.  Tenant shall not, without Landlord's written
          --------------------                                               
consent, keep any substances designated as, or containing, components designated
as hazardous, dangerous, toxic, or harmful, and/or subject to regulation under
any federal, state or local law, regulation, or ordinance on or around the
premises, common areas, or Shopping Center.  PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THE FOREGOING
SHALL NOT APPLY TO OR PREVENT SUCH CHEMICALS THAT TENANT MAY STORE AND USE ON
THE PROPERTY IN CONNECTION WITH TENANT'S USE OF THE PREMISES.  TENANT MUST
DISCHARGE SAID CHEMICALS IN A LEGAL AND PROPER MANNER AND AGREES TO HOLD
LANDLORD HARMLESS FROM DAMAGE OR LIABILITY DUE TO ANY SUCH STORAGE USE OR
DISCHARGE.  Tenant shall be fully and completely liable to Landlord for any and
all cleanup costs and any and all other charges, fees or penalties relating to
the use, disposal, transportation, generation or sale of hazardous substances on
the premises.

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
     20.  Default: Termination of Lease.  In the event that Tenant should
          -----------------------------                                  
default in the payment of the rent reserved herein, or in the event that Tenant
becomes bankrupt, insolvent or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors,
or if a receiver is appointed for the business of Tenant, or in the event that
Tenant defaults in the performance of any of its other obligations hereunder,
then Landlord may, at its election, (1) terminate this Lease forthwith and/or
(2) reenter and repossess the Demised Premises without notice or demand therefor
other than as is hereinafter in this paragraph provided.  Should default in the
payment of rent herein occur, then, in addition to its other rights hereunder,
Landlord may, at its election, declare all of the balance of the rental for the
remaining term of this Lease immediately due and payable.  No default or breach
of any covenant hereunder shall be deemed to have occurred con the part of
Tenant until written notice of such default or breach shall have been given to
Tenant and the said Tenant shall have failed to remedy such default or breach
within fifteen (15) days after receiving said notice.  Any waiver of any default
hereunder shall not be construed to be a waiver of the rights of Landlord in the
event of a subsequent or other default.  Reentry and repossession by Landlord
shall not prejudice any remedies which Landlord may otherwise have under
appropriate state laws for the recovery of the arrears of rent or damages for
the breach of this Agreement.

     In the event of a default by Landlord of its covenants and warranties set
forth herein, or Landlord defaults in the performance of its obligations
hereunder, or in the event the Food City Supermarket vacates its premises in the
Shopping Center, andy any of these events go unremedied within fifteen (15) days
after receiving notice thereof, Tenant may, at its option, terminate this Lease
forthwith.

     21.  Waste.  Tenant shall not commit waste in or upon the Demised Premises,
          -----                                                                 
and, upon the expiration or termination of this Lease, will redeliver the
Demised Premises to Landlord in good condition and repair, subject only to
reasonable wear and tear.

     22.  Subordination; Non-Disturbance and Attornment.  This Lease and the
          ---------------------------------------------                     
estate, interest and rights hereby created are subordinate to any mortgage now
or hereafter placed upon the Demised Premises, including, without limitation,
any mortgage on any leasehold estate, and to all renewals, modifications,
consolidations, replacements and extensions of same as well as any substitutions
therefor.  Tenant agrees that in the event any person, firm, corporation or
other entity acquires the right to possession of the Demised Premises, including
any mortgagee or holder of any estate or interest having priority over this
Lease, Tenant shall, if requested by such person, firm, corporation or other
entity, attorn to and become the tenant of such person, firm, corporation or
other entity, upon the same terms and conditions as are set forth herein for the
balance of the Lease Term, provided, however, that Tenant receives a non-
disturbance agreement from any

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
such mortgagee or holder of any estate or interest having priority over this
Lease.  Tenant's obligation to subordinate its interest hereunder and to attorn
to such prior interest holder is expressly conditioned upon Tenant receiving the
foregoing non-disturbance agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any
mortgagee may, at any time, subordinate its mortgage to this Lease, without
Tenant's consent, by notice in writing to Tenant, and thereupon this Lease shall
be deemed prior to such mortgage without regard to their respective dates of
execution and delivery, and, in that event, such mortgagee shall have the same
rights with respect to this Lease as through it had been executed prior to the
execution and delivery of the mortgage.  Tenant, if requested by Landlord, shall
execute any such instruments in recordable form as may be reasonably required by
Landlord in order to confirm or effect the subordination or priority of this
Lease, as the case may be, and the attornment of Tenant to future landlords in
accordance with the terms of this paragraph.

     Provided this Lease shall at all times be in full force and effect and
provided, further, that there shall exist no Event of Default by Tenant
hereunder, the right of possession by Tenant to possess and quietly enjoy the
Demised Premises and any or all of Tenant's rights under this Lease shall not be
affected in any way or disturbed by any lender doing business with Landlord in
the exercise of any such lender's rights under any formal agreements between
such lender and Landlord.  Tenant shall not be named as a party defendant to any
foreclosure of any lien of any mortgage for the purpose of terminating this
Lease, and Tenant shall not, by an such foreclosure, be in any other way
foreclosed from its rights under this Lease.

     In the event that any such lender or its successors or assigns comes into
possession of the Demised Premises or acquires the leasehold interest of
Landlord by foreclosure of any mortgage between any such lender and Landlord, or
by proceedings on any note executed by Landlord in favor of any such lender or
otherwise, this Lease shall not be terminated by any such foreclosure or
proceedings; and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect upon
Tenant's attornment, as provided herein, as a direct lease between Tenant and
any such lender upon the same terms, covenants, conditions and agreements set
forth in this Lease.

     In the event that the Demised Premises or Landlord's leasehold interest
therein is sold or otherwise disposed of pursuant to any right or power
contained in any mortgage or any note t\between any such lender and Landlord, or
as a result of proceedings thereon, this Lease shall not be terminated or
affected thereby, and the purchaser of the Demised Premises or of Landlord's
leasehold interest therein or any person or entity acquiring title thereto shall
so acquire it, subject to this Lease; and this Lease shall continue in full
force and effect upon Tenant's attornment, as provided herein, as a direct lease
between Tenant and any party acquiring title to Landlord's leasehold interest
therein, as aforesaid, upon the same terms, covenants, conditions and agreements
set forth in this Lease.

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
     In the event that there is a current mortgagee or lender with an interest
in the Demised Premises which is superior to the interest of Tenant hereunder,
Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that on or before the date of execution of this
Lease by Tenant, Landlord shall deliver a non-disturbance agreement to Tenant in
a form and content reasonably acceptable to Landlord, executed by such mortgagee
or lender and expressly stating the agreement of such mortgagee or lender to
comply with the provisions of this paragraph.

     23.  Estoppel Certificate.  Tenant shall, at any time and from time to
          --------------------                                             
time, execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a statement in writing
certifying:
     a.  that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there
has been any modification thereof, that the same is in full force and effect
modified);
     b.  that Landlord is not in default under this Lease (or if any such
default exists the specific nature and extent thereof); and
     c.  that date to which rent and other charges have been paid in advance, if
any.

     24.  Brokers.  The parties agree that Bill Gibson/Realty ("Broker") is the
          -------                                                              
real estate broker who has brought the parties together in connection with the
transaction contemplated hereby (and Tenant shall be responsible for all
brokerage commissions to be paid to Broker according to the terms and conditions
set forth in a separate agreement between Tenant and Broker).  Each party
represents and warrants to the other that they have not made any agreement or
taken any action which may cause anyone (other than Broker) and Frank White (to
be paid by the Landlord) to become entitled to a commission as a result of the
transaction contemplated by this Lease, and each will indemnify and defend the
other from any and all claims, actual or threatened, for compensation by any
such third person (other than Broker) by reason of such party's breach of their
representation or warranty contained in this paragraph.

     25.  Notice.  Any notice to be given to Tenant hereunder may be given by
          ------                                                             
certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to Tenant at:
     Matewan Bank, FSB
     4414 N. Mayo Trail
     Pikeville, KY 41500

and such notice shall be deemed to have been given at the time of the positing
of such mail.  Any notice to be given to the Landlord hereunder shall be given
in the same manner and to the same effect when addressed to Landlord in care of:

     Fletcher Bright Company
     537 Market Street, Suite 400
     Chattanooga, TN 37402
Such addresses for notice may be changed from time to time by

                                       11
<PAGE>
 
either party giving notice to the other party of such change as provided herein.

     26.  Liens.  Tenant will keep the Demised Premises and the center free and
          -----                                                                
clear of all mechanics' liens or other liens on account of work done for Tenant
or persons claiming under it.

     27.  Relationship of Parties.  Nothing contained herein will be deemed or
          -----------------------                                             
construed by the parties hereto, nor by any third party, as creating the
relationship of principal and agent or of partnership or of joint venture
between the parties hereto, it being understood and agreed that neither the
method of computation of rent, nor any other provision contained herein nor any
acts of the parties herein, will be deemed to create any relationship between
the parties hereto other than the relationship of Landlord and Tenant.

     28.  Non-Waiver or Defaults.  No waiver of any default by Tenant to take
          ----------------------                                             
any action on account of such default if such default persists or is repeated,
and no express waiver shall effect any default other than the default specified
in the express waiver, and that only for the time and to the extent therein
stated.  The acceptance by Landlord of rent with knowledge of the breach of any
of the covenants of this Lease by Tenant shall not be deemed a waiver of any
such breach.

     29.  Binding Effect.  The covenants and agreements herein contained shall
          --------------                                                      
extend to and be binding upon the parties hereto, their respective heirs,
personal representatives, successors and assigns.

     30.  Marginal Titles.  The marginal titles appearing in this Lease are for
          ---------------                                                      
reference only and shall no be considered a part of this Lease or in any way to
modify, amend or affect the provisions thereof.

     31.  Short Form Lease.  the parties hereto agree that at or prior to the
          ----------------                                                   
commencement of the term, they will execute, acknowledge and deliver a short
form of Lease to the end that same may be recorded among the records of the
county in which the Demised Premises is located.

     32.  Governing Law.  This Lease shall be governed by and construed in
          -------------                                                   
accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Kentucky.

     33.  Assignment and Subletting.  Tenant shall no assign or sublet the
          -------------------------                                       
Demised Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlord, except that
Tenant may assign or sublet the Demised Premises to an affiliate of Bank and, in
the case of a Bank merger or asset purchase, to the surviving entity.

                                       12
<PAGE>
 
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the limited partnership, by its general partner, and
     ------------------                                                      
the corporate party, by its corporate officer thereunto duly authorized, hereto
have caused their names to be hereunto signed, all as of the day and date first
above written.



     PARKWAY PLAZA ASSOCIATES,
     a Tennessee Limited Partnership,

     By______________________________
                Its General Partner


 
          MATEWAN BANK, FSB,
     a federal savings bank,

     By______________________________

            Its______________________

                                       13
<PAGE>
 
                                   EXHIBIT A
                                 (SEE PICTURE)

                                       14
<PAGE>
 
                                   EXHIBIT C
                                   ---------

                                    FORM OF
                           CONFIRMATION OF LEASE TERM

                                        

     THIS CONFIRMATION OF LEASE TERM is made this_______ day of
     -------------------------------                           
________________, 199___, between PARKWAY PLAZA ASSOCIATES ("Landlord") and
                                  ------------------------                 
MATEWAN BANK, FSB ("Tenant").
- -----------------            

     Landlord and Tenant have entered into a certain Agreement of Lease (the
"Lease") dated ______________ ______, 1996, demising certain space consisting of
______________ rentable square feet in the Shopping Center.  All of the
capitalized terms herein shall have the same respective definitions as set forth
in the Lease.

     Pursuant to the provisions of paragraph 2 of the Lease, Landlord and
Tenant, intending to be legally bound hereby, acknowledge and agree that the
Commencement Date shall be the _____ day of __________, 199___, and that the
term of the Lease shall end on the _______ day of ___________, 199___, at 11:59
p.m., unless sooner terminated or extended, as provided in the Lease.  As
supplemented hereby, the Lease shall continue in full force and effect.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Confirmation
     ------------------                                                         
of Lease Term this ______ day of ____________, 199___.


     LANDLORD:
     PARKWAY PLAZA ASSOCIATES

     By___________________________
         Its General Partner


     TENANT:
     MATEWAN BANK, FSB

     By___________________________

          Its_____________________

 

                                       15
<PAGE>
 
                                   EXHIBIT D
                                 (SEE PICTURE)



                                        
                                        
                                        
                                        


                                        

                                        


                                        

                                        



                                        

                                       16

<PAGE>
 
                                                                  Exhibit 11


Computation of Earnings Per Share Available for Common Shareholders


                                                   For the Year
                                                 ended December 31

PRIMARY:                                                   1996

Average shares outstanding                            3,684,104

Impact of Treasury Shares                                20,550
                                                      ---------
Total                                                 3,663,554
                                                      =========

Net Income                                           $6,462,872
Less Preferred Dividends                              1,236,446 
                                                      ---------
Net Income Available for Common Shareholders         $5,226,426
                                                     ==========
Net Income Per Share for Common Shareholders =       $5,226,426 /
                                                     ==========
                                                      3,663,554 =
                                                     $1.4266           

<PAGE>
 
                                                                  Exhibit 12

                            COMPUTATION OF RATIOS

NET INCOME PER SHARE AVAILABLE TO = NET INCOME AVAILABLE TO
   COMMON SHAREHOLDERS                COMMON SHAREHOLDERS / AVERAGE
                                        COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING

CASH DIVIDEND PER SHARE = DIVIDENDS PAID / AVERAGE SHARE
                                             OUTSTANDING

COMMON SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY PER SHARE = TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                        LESS PREFERRED EQUITY /
                                         AVERAGE COMMON SHARES
                                              OUTSTANDING

RETURN ON AVERAGE ASSETS = NET INCOME / AVERAGE ASSETS

RETURN ON AVERAGE SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY = NET INCOME / AVERAGE 
                                                       EQUITY

NET INTEREST MARGIN = NET INTEREST INCOME / AVERAGE EARNING
                                                ASSETS

NON-INTEREST EXPENSE TO AVERAGE ASSETS = NON-INTEREST EXPENSE /
                                                   AVERAGE ASSETS

EFFICIENCY RATIO = TOTAL EXPENSES / (NET INTEREST INCOME PLUS
                                           NON-INTEREST INCOME)

AVERAGE LOANS TO DEPOSITS = AVERAGE NET LOAN / AVERAGE DEPOSITS
                                                 OUTSTANDING

DIVIDEND PAYOUT = DIVIDENDS PAID / NET INCOME

AVERAGE SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY TO AVERAGE ASSETS = AVERAGE
                               SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY / AVERAGE ASSETS

TIER I CAPITAL = SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY - GOODWILL - SECURITIES
                                      MARK-TO-MARKET CAPITAL RESERVE

TOTAL CAPITAL = TIER 1 CAPITAL PLUS ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

LEVERAGE RATIO = TOTAL CAPITAL / TOTAL ASSETS

NET CHARGE-OFFS TO AVERAGE LOANS = (GROSS CHARGE-OFFS LESS
                                       RECOVERIES)/AVERAGE NET LOANS

NON-PERFORMING LOANS TO PERIOD END LOANS = (NONACCRUAL LOANS PLUS
                                      LOANS PAST DUE 90 DAYS OR
                                     GREATER)/(GROSS LOANS NET
                                    UNEARNED INTEREST)
<PAGE>
 
NON-PERFORMING ASSETS TO PERIOD END ASSETS = (NONACCRUAL LOANS
                                      PLUS LOANS PAST DUE 90
                                      DAYS OR GREATER PLUS OTHER
                                    REAL ESTATE)/TOTAL ASSETS

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES TO PERIOD END LOANS = LOAN LOSS
                                      RESERVE/(GROSS LOANS LESS
                                    UNEARNED INTEREST)

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES TO NON-PERFORMING LOANS = LOAN LOSS
                                      RESERVE / (NONACCRUAL
                                      LOANS PLUS LOANS PAST DUE
                                      90 DAYS OR GREATER)


<PAGE>
                                                                   EXHIBIT 13.1


                                                             1996 Annual Report


                                             [LOGO OF MATEWAN BANCSHARES, INC.]







                              [PHOTO OF GOLD EGG]




                                                                WHEN YOU FIND

                                                                       GOLDEN

                                                                  OPPORTUNITIES,

                                                                     YOU HAVE TO

                                                                     KNOW HOW TO

                                                                NUTURE, GROW AND

                                                                  MULTIPLY THEM.

                                                          AT MATEWAN BANCSHARES,

                                                                        WE KNOW.



                                                         TODAY, AS NEVER BEFORE,

                                                              GROWTH, PROFIT AND

                                                     INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES IN

                                             WEST VIRGINIA, EASTERN KENTUCKY AND

                                                        WESTERN VIRGINIA ABOUND.






<PAGE>
 
MATEWAN BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES


Message From The President

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                         TO OUR SHAREHOLDERS:
                        
                         I am pleased to submit to you this annual report which
                         highlights the success of our company for 1996 as well
                         as other significant developments that are of
                         importance to our shareholders.
                         
                         It is important to understand the expansion efforts and
                         the capital development activities that occurred during
                         the year before analyzing the financial results of the
                         operation. Many of the financial ratios which will be
                         presented in this letter and the following report have
                         been affected by these activities.
"THE MOST SIGNIFICANT
                         The most significant accomplishment during the year in
ACCOMPLISHMENT DURING    terms of the overall financial impact on the company
                         was the completed acquisition of Bank One-Pikeville,
THE YEAR IN TERMS OF     N.A. The transaction was finalized on March 15, 1996,
                         and added over two hundred million dollars to the
THE OVERAL FINANCIAL     consolidated total assets of our company. This new
                         affiliate was renamed Matewan National Bank/Kentucky.
IMPACT ON THE COMPANY
                         This transaction was accounted for by using the
WAS THE COMPLETED        purchase method of accounting. This was an important
                         acquisition because of the size of the transaction
ACQUISITION OF BANK      relative to the size of our company. It immediately
                         moved our position in terms of market share from fourth
ONE-PIKEVILLE, N.A."     in Pike County Kentucky, to second and from third to
                         first in the market area that includes the counties of
                         Boone, Logan and Mingo in West Virginia and Pike,
                         Floyd, Johnson and Martin counties in Kentucky.
                         
                         A portion of the capital used to purchase the company
                         was raised through an offering of Cumulative
                         Convertible Preferred Stock with a dividend of 7.5%.
                         This offering involved the issuance of 805,000 shares
                         of stock with a par value of $25.00 and resulted in a
                         net capital infusion in the company of over
                         $18,000,000. This new class of stock trades on the
                         NASDAQ - Small Capitalization Market under the symbol
                         MATEP.
                         
                         The Kentucky acquisition brought the total number of
                         banking affiliates operating under the Matewan
                         corporate structure to three. In addition to the
                         affiliate just discussed, the other subsidiaries are
                         identified as Matewan National Bank which is the West
                         Virginia operating affiliate and Matewan Bank, FSB,
                         which is a federal savings bank. It is chartered under
                         the Office of Thrift Supervision and operates in
                         Kentucky and Virginia. All of our offices operate and
                         market under the name of Matewan Banks.
                         
                         Matewan Bank, FSB commenced operating in January of
                         1994 with a single office near Pikeville, Kentucky.
                         Additional offices have since opened in Paintsville and
                         Prestonsburg, Kentucky, and in Richlands, Virginia.
                         Additionally, through the end of 1996, we have opened
                         four new offices as Express banking offices in Food
                         City Stores located in South Williamson, Pikeville, and
                         Whitesburg, Kentucky, as well as in Abingdon, Virginia.
                         The Prestonsburg office was designed as an Express Bank
                         but is a stand alone unit. The Richlands, Virginia
                         office is located in the First Union Building and
                         features private banking with various loan, deposit,
                         investment and insurance products. Additional express
                         banking offices are planned for 1997.
                         
                         The management of Matewan Bank, FSB expended a good bit
                         of their energy and resources during the year
                         positioning the company for future growth and
                         profitability. Four of the offices mentioned above were
                         built and opened during 1996. They feature quick
                         service and convenience for our customers. These
                         offices are designed to be very efficient and to
                         operate at a reduced overhead cost, relative to
                         traditional banking offices. These offices are
                         integrated into our central banking organization by
                         technology that includes a wide area network that
                         provides for centralized pricing and risk management.
                         
                         The company has been extremely pleased with the initial
                         success of the federal savings bank affiliate. By the
                         end of 1996, this operation was reporting total assets
                         in excess of

                                       1
<PAGE>
 
MATEWAN BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                         $60 million dollars. The fact that most of the
                         management and other support services are provided from
                         a centralized location allows these offices to become
                         profitable much quicker than traditional "brick and
                         mortar" offices.

                         The company ended the year with total assets of
                         $627,186,000. This total is up $226,152,000 for the
                         year. Approximately 84% of the increase can be
                         attributed to the Pikeville acquisition. The balance of
                         the growth occurred throughout the market and
                         principally in the Matewan Bank, FSB company.

"ONE IMPORTANT           The total of deposits increased during the year from
                         $334,387,000 at the end of 1995 to $523,308,000 which
REQUIREMENT WHEN         is an increase of $188,921,000 or 57% over 1995. The
                         total of loans outstanding increased from $228,568,000
THE COMPANY WAS EVAL-    to $370,870,000 at the end of 1996 for an increase of
                         62%. Again, a significant amount of the increase in
UATING THE KENTUCKY      deposits and loans resulted from the Pikeville
                         purchase.
ACQUISITION WAS THAT
                         Net income for the year was $6,462,000 after paying
THE TRANSACTION BE       income taxes of $3,707,000. This compares to $5,220,000
                         and $2,983,000 respectively for 1995. The dividend on
STRUCTURED IN SUCH       the preferred stock which was issued to finance the
                         Kentucky acquisition totaled $1,236,000 for the year,
A MANNER AS TO AVOID     leaving net income of $5,226,000 available for common
                         shareholders.
DILUTING THE EARNINGS
                         Earnings per share available for common shareholders
OF OUR COMMON            was $1.43 per share for 1996 compared to $1.42 per
                         share for 1995.
SHAREHOLDERS. IN
                         One important requirement when the company was
FACT, THE TRANSACTION    evaluating the Kentucky acquisition was that the
                         transaction be structured in such a manner as to avoid
WAS ACCRETIVE."          diluting the earnings of our common shareholders. The
                         earnings information that I have included demonstrates
                         that the company successfully accomplished this goal
                         and, in fact, the transaction was accretive to our
                         shareholders in less than one year of operation.

                         The return on assets was 1.15% for 1996 compared to
                         1.38% for the previous year. The ROA is an indication
                         of how effectively the assets of the company are
                         employed. Obviously, the much larger asset base in 1996
                         affected the outcome of this ratio. The company's
                         challenge for 1997 and future periods is to increase
                         earnings to the preacquisition level as a percent of
                         assets.

                         The return on equity ratio measures how effectively
                         management has leveraged the equity of the company.
                         This ratio was 10.37% for 1996 compared to 12.09% for
                         1995. The decline in this ratio is more reflective of
                         excessive levels of equity than of low earnings.
                         Average shareholder equity to average assets is 11.10%
                         compared to 11.40% for 1995. The level of equity
                         remained relatively high considering the substantial
                         increase in assets for the year.

                         The excess equity in the company has resulted in part
                         from the accumulation of earnings. The board of
                         directors increased the dividend on common stock from
                         $.08 per share to $.10 per share for the last two
                         quarters of 1995 which made a payout of 27% of net
                         income for 1995. The dividend was subsequently raised
                         from $.10 to $.12 per share for the last two quarters
                         of 1996. This resulted in a total dividend of $.44 and
                         a payout of 31% for 1996. The increased dividend will
                         help to mitigate the excess equity position.
                         Concuurrently, in early 1997 the board of directors
                         authorized the repurchase of up to 120,000 shares of
                         the 7.5% Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, as
                         part of the initiative to reduce equity to a prudent
                         level.

                         The board of directors strategy for managing equity
                         will include maintaining an adequate level of equity to
                         support the company's growth, while taking measures to
                         manage excess levels as they occur.

                                       2
<PAGE>
 
MATEWAN BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                         The following financial results generally compare
                         favorably to our peer companies. However, they are less
                         favorable than those reported for previous periods by
                         our company. The Pikeville acquisition and the
                         expansion program of Matewan Bank, FSB account for most
                         of the changes.

                         The net interest margin represents the amount of
                         interest earned on earning assets less the amount of
                         interest paid to fund the earning assets. The net
                         interest margin of 5.49% for 1996 is lower than the
                         margin of 5.78% which was reported for 1995. The 1996
                         margin is also slightly lower than the 5-year average
                         of 5.68% from 1992 to 1996, but it is at an acceptable
"AS SOON AS THE          level when viewed in the context of the 1996 growth
                         pattern.
KENTUCKY ACQUISITION
                         The company has made substantial progress in
WAS FINALIZED, WE        identifying and promoting sources of non-interest
                         income. The dollar amount of non-interest income in
BEGAN TO CONSOLIDATE     1996 was $4,699,000 compared with $3,302,000 for 1995
                         athich is an increase of 42%. However, the increase did
AND CENTRALIZE           not equal the rate at which assets grew; consequently,
                         the ratio of non-interest income to average assets
VARIOUS SUPPORT          decreased from .87% in 1995 to .84% for 1996.

FUNCTIONS IN AN EFFORT   As soon as the Kentucky acquisition was finalized, we
                         began to consolidate and centralize various support
TO CREATE OPERATING      functions in an effort to create operating
                         efficiencies. We closed two branch offices that were in
EFFICIENCIES."           close proximity to existing Matewan offices. We seized
                         opportunities to centralize and leverage support
                         functions in an effort to improve the quality of the
                         operation as well as create a more efficient operation.
                         Therefore, we expect that the small improvement in non-
                         interest expense as a percentage of assets which fell
                         from 3.43% in 1995 to 3.40% for 1996 will show further
                         improvement as the full value of these changes is
                         realized. Additionally, several non-recurring expenses
                         in 1996 associated with the acquisition and expansion
                         program served to keep the ratio higher than normal.

                         The efficiency ratio measures the percentage of revenue
                         that is required to support operating expenses.
                         Matewan's 1996 level of 59% was artificially high
                         because of various acquisitions and start up costs
                         associated with our expansion program. This compares
                         with the five year average from 1992 through 1996 of
                         54.58%. Our objective is to manage the ratio in the low
                         50% range. We expect to reach this level as income from
                         the expansion efforts develop, and costs associated
                         with the program cease.

                         A total of $2,945,000 was charged against income as a
                         provision for loan losses in 1996. The current
                         provision provides coverage for the larger loan
                         portfolio at the end of 1996 and compares with the 1995
                         provision of $1,908,000. The consolidated allowance for
                         loan loss reserve totalled $5,986,000 at the end of
                         1996 compared to $2,973,000 for 1995. The adequacy of
                         the allowance is assessed by senior management on a
                         regular basis and maintained at a level to provide for
                         potential credit losses. Management considers economic
                         factors as well as other relative issues including
                         delinquency rates, nonperforming loans, and specific
                         credit relationships in setting the allowance for loan
                         losses.

                         This was the second full year for Matewan BancShares
                         common stock to be traded on the NASDAQ National Market
                         (NASDAQ). The stock is traded under the symbol MATE and
                         traded in a range from $21.50 to $18.50 during 1996.
                         Management believes that the stock continues to trade
                         at a level that makes it undervalued relative to
                         earnings and the year end book value of $13.42. The
                         performance of the company coupled with the potential
                         for future growth and profitability should foster
                         increased interest in the company's stock by the
                         investment community.

                                       3
<PAGE>
 
MATEWAN BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                         1999 may have been the most challenging, as well as
                         productive, year in the company's history. The
                         successes of the year are cause for the optimism that
                         exists within the company for its future. Many years
                         ago the management of the company set as its mission to
                         become the leading provider of financial services in
                         our market. Each year the company has successfully
                         moved closer to its goal. The more we attain our
                         objective, the more we realize that each year requires
                         a new commitment to excellence in customer service and
                         innovative ways of providing that service.
"VALUEBANKING IS
                         At our annual planning retreat in late 1996, the
OUR BRAND. IT IS         management of the company reiterated that the values of
                         this company continue to be commitment to customer
OUR PROMISE TO           service, the welfare of our employees, and innovation.
                         We believe that a business plan built around these
CONSISTENTLY PROVIDE     values will produce quality customer service, a high
                         performance workforce, and grow value for its    
FOR OUR CUSTOMERS        shareholders. 
                                                                                
HIGH QUALITY FINANCIAL   Our plans for 1997 will center around a primary        
                         objective of optimizing the growth and profitability   
SERVICES THAT ARE        which should result from the expansion efforts of 1995 
                         and 1996.                                              
COMPETITIVELY PRICED."                                                          
                         We expect to expand the scope of products and services 
                         that are offered by Matewan Insurance and Investments, 
                         Inc. This is a subsidiary of Matewan National Bank and 
                         is headquartered in Williamson. This subsidiary        
                         operated successfully during 1996 with the sales of    
                         various investment and insurance products. Its function
                         as a sales arm for our company continues to expand. The
                         sales staff continues to grow, and the menu of 
                         insurance and financial products which are being      
                         offered has also been expanded.                       
                                                                                
                         The 1997 plans include increased marketing of the      
                         technology-driven services. These include the          
                         ValueLine, a 24-hour telephone banking program that was
                         introduced in 1994, and our PC-based cash management   
                         program for commercial clients which we began offering 
                         in late 1994. Our newest service to be offered is our  
                         PC Banking program for retail customers. We believe    
                         that these technology-based services, coupled with a   
                         moderate yet traditional line of banking services, will
                         continue to gain us market share.                      
                                                                                
                         We believe that the typical bank of ``yesterday'' will 
                         not be the bank of the future. Your management   
                         continues to promote the philosophy that change is     
                         occurring very rapidly and that the financial services 
                         company of the future will be built around a business  
                         design that is able to anticipate the changes in       
                         customer needs and to respond as those needs occur.    
                         Some of those needs will be met with technology-driven 
                         services, and others will be met with traditional      
                         services delivered in ways that are convenient to the  
                         customers.                                            
                                                                                
                         ValleyBanking is our brand. It is our promise to       
                         consistently provide for our customers high quality    
                         financial services that are competitively priced.      
                                                                                
                         The enthusiasm for the future of our company is further
                         justified by the increased economic strength that is  
                         developing in our market place. Matewan's market      
                         includes portions of southern West Virginia, eastern   
                         Kentucky and southwestern Virginia. The entire market  
                         area has seen a vast number of miles of new highways   
                         completed. Major road projects are presently under     
                         construction and more are planned for future building. 
                         Many other infrastructure projects have been completed 
                         while many more are in a construction phase.          
                                                                         
                                       4                                       
<PAGE>
 
MATEWAN BANCSHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                         We presently have under construction two major retail
                         shopping centers and two major expansion projects to
                         area medical facilities. Several economic development
                         projects are being planned which will include coal
                         mining operations, wood processing facilities, a
                         regional prison, agriculture and aquaculture projects.
                         A modern indoor recreational facility was recently
                         completed and an even larger indoor facility has been
                         announced in another area of our market. Progress is
                         being made on a new trails system in southern West
                         Virginia. This system will contain several hundred
                         miles of recreational trails. This project is expected
                         to have a significant economic impact by increasing
                         tourism to the region.

                         We continue to experience improved housing and
                         increased educational opportunities throughout the
                         market area. We expect that these factors will serve as
                         an indication of an improved quality of life and will
                         contribute to the overall economic development of this
                         region.

                         Matewan's ultimate objective is to increase shareholder
                         value. We believe that our business design, business
                         philosophy, and our commitment to the basic values of
                         customer service, employee welfare, and innovation make
                         a good recipe for creating shareholder value.

                                                   Sincerely,

                                                   /s/ Dan R. Moore

                         [PHOTO OF DAN R. MOORE]   Dan. Moore
                                                   President and Chairman of
                                                    the Board

                                       5
<PAGE>
 

Matewan BancShares, Inc., continues to
expand its ValueBanking services throughout southern
West Virginia, eastern Kentucky and neighboring
southwestern Virginia--our three golden eggs.
 
 
What makes this region so desirable for expansion
and investment? It's hardworking people, rich natural
resources and a well-traveled network of highways and     [MAP OF BANKING AREA] 
interstates... to name only a few.
 
 
Today, individuals, families and businesses throughout
the tri-state are enjoying the many benefits of
ValueBanking at Matewan Banks.
 
 
The future of the tri-state is golden. Matewan Banks
will be there not only to share in its prosperity, but to
be a leader in fueling its growth.

 
 
Value
 
Our promise of advanced banking technology, unparalleled convenience and fair 
pricing


                                       6
<PAGE>
 
                                     [MAP]

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
Matewan BancShares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   [GRAPH OF        INTRODUCTION
 Composition by 
  Affiliation]      Matewan BancShares, Inc. (The "Company") is a bank holding
                    company headquartered in Williamson, West Virginia. The
                    Company subsidiaries consist of two commercial banks
                    (Matewan National Bank or the "Bank" and Matewan National
                    Bank/Kentucky "Kentucky"), a federally chartered "de novo"
                    savings bank (Matewan Bank FSB or "FSB"), and a venture
                    capital company (Matewan Venture Fund, Inc. or the "Fund").
                    The Company considers all of its principal business
                    activities to be banking related. It identifies as its core
                    market area the thirteen county region consisting of Mingo,
                    Logan and Boone counties in West Virginia, Pike, Floyd,
  [GRAPH OF         Johnson, Letcher, and Martin counties in Kentucky, and
   Deposit          Buchanan, Tazewell, Wise, Washington, and Russell counties
 Concentration      in Virginia. The Bank has eight full service offices and one
   By State]        loan production office providing services to customers in
                    southern West Virginia and eastern Kentucky. Kentucky, which
                    operates in Pike County, Kentucky, has five full service
                    offices similarly providing service to eastern Kentucky
                    customers. FSB, which is also domiciled in Kentucky,
                    presently has six offices in eastern Kentucky and two in
                    western Virginia. It is authorized to engage in all
                    permissible thrift related activities in any of its offices.
                    The Fund was formed to develop new business, rehabilitate
                    and expand existing businesses, and expand the economic
                    stability of southern West Virginia. As of December 31,
                    1996, the Company had assets in excess of $627 million,
                    total net loans in excess of $370 million, and total
                    deposits in excess of $523 million.

  [GRAPH OF         The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been
   Deposit          prepared by management of the Company in conformity with
 Concentration      generally accepted accounting principles. Financial
   By County]       information appearing throughout this annual report is
                    consistent with that reported in the consolidated financial
                    statements. The following is designed to assist readers of
                    the consolidated financial statements in understanding the
                    significant changes in the Company's financial condition and
                    results of operation.

                                       8
<PAGE>
 
Matewan BancShares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                    SUMMARY FINANCIAL RESULTS
  [GRAPH OF
 Net Income]        Net income for 1996 was approximately $6.462 million, a
                    record level for Company earnings in terms of absolute
                    dollars. Net income available to common shareholders was
                    approximately $5.226 million. These results represent
                    increases of approximately 23.8% and .1% from the previous
                    year. In acquiring Kentucky, management first focused on
                    integrating it into the Company's systems and later in the
                    year took certain steps to improve the profitability of
                    Kentucky. During 1996, Kentucky generated sufficient
                    earnings to cover its operating costs but not the costs the
                    Company incurred in the acquisition. Accordingly, management
                    expects that future periods results of operations will be
                    positively impacted by this acquisition. Net income
                    available for common shareholders of $5.220 million in 1995
                    is a 4.3% increase from the $5.005 million earned in 1994.
                    Company performance in 1996 was significantly impacted by
                    both the acquisition and absorption of Kentucky and the
                    completion of a preferred stock offering in the first
                    quarter of the year. Company performance in 1996 was largely
                    a function of the increases experienced over the prior year
                    in net interest margin ($7.717 million or 39.0%) and non-
                    interest income ($1.397 million or 42.3%). This offset the
                    increases experienced over the prior year relative to loan
                    loss provision ($1.037 million or 54.4%), non-interest
                    expenses ($6.111 million or 47.0%), and income tax expense
                    ($724 thousand or 24.3%). Net interest margin for 1996 was
                    5.49% versus 5.78% for 1995.

   [GRAPH OF        Except for the impact of a significant acquisition, the
   Return on        increase in net income in 1995 over 1994 was largely
 Average Assets]    attributable to many of the same factors prevalent in 1996.
                    Improved performance in 1995 was driven by increases in net
                    interest margin ($1.817 million or 10.1%) and non-interest
                    income ($500 thousand or 17.8%) exceeding prior year
                    increases in loan loss provision ($256 thousand or 16.1%),
                    non-interest expense ($1.730 million or 15.4%), and income
                    taxes ($107 thousand or 3.7%). Net interest margin was 5.78%
                    and 5.53% for 1995 and 1994, respectively.

   [GRAPH OF        Return on average assets (ROA) measures how effectively the
 Total Assets]      Company utilizes its assets to produce its net income. The
                    Company's ROA for 1996 was 1.15% compared to 1.38% for 1995,
                    and 1.40% for 1994. Return on average equity (ROE) reveals
                    how much income is earned in relation to the equity of the
                    Company. The Company's 1996 ROE was 10.37% compared to
                    12.09% in 1995 and 12.39% in 1994. The relative declines in
                    both 1996 and 1995 are more a function of the Company's
                    growth in assets and capital structure than any significant
                    weakness in earnings. The significant one-time charges
                    incurred in connection with the Kentucky acquisition
                    negatively impacted ROA and ROE. As can be seen, ROE will
                    fluctuate with earnings, however, ROE will not fluctuate
                    proportionally with net income due to changes in the equity
                    structure of the Company. It has been the Company's policy
                    to retain a substantial portion of earnings to help fund the
                    growth the Company is experiencing and fund future
                    expansion. In addition, the impact of acquiring and
                    absorbing Kentucky into the Company has not had a positive
                    impact on ROA and ROE calculations.

                                       9
<PAGE>
 
Matewan BancShares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table I represents a summary of certain financial data of the Company.

Table I - Five Year Selected Financial Summary
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          Years Ended December 31
                                               1996       1995       1994       1993       1992
                                          -------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                       <C>           <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Period end balances:
Total assets............................     $627,186   $401,034   $371,410   $342,949   $329,156
Total earning assets....................      553,743    357,237    332,371    309,627    298,162
Total deposits..........................      523,308    334,387    310,647    291,153    281,116
Shareholders' equity....................       67,578     45,817     41,803     38,032     33,951
 
Income for the period:
Total interest income...................       46,384     32,442     28,524     27,428     28,444
Total interest expense..................       18,869     12,644     10,543      9,774     11,631
Net interest income.....................       27,515     19,798     17,981     17,654     16,813
Provision for loan losses...............        2,945      1,908      1,643      1,285      1,343
Non-interest income.....................        4,699      3,302      2,802      2,395      2,409
Non-interest expense....................       19,100     12,989     11,259     10,372      9,897
Net income before taxes.................       10,169      8,203      7,881      8,392      7,982
Applicable income taxes.................        3,707      2,983      2,876      3,269      2,919
Net income..............................        6,462      5,220      5,005      5,123      5,063
Net income available to common          
 shareholders...........................        5,226      5,220      5,005      5,123      5,063
 
Per share data:
Net income available to common          
 shareholders...........................     $   1.43   $   1.42   $   1.36   $   1.40   $   1.38
Common shareholders' equity.............        13.44      12.49      11.40      10.37       9.25
Common cash dividends...................         0.44       0.38       0.31       0.28       0.28
Preferred cash dividends................         1.54       --         --         --         --
 
Key performance ratios:
Net income to:
 Average assets.........................         1.15%      1.38%      1.40%      1.56%      1.57%
 Average shareholders' equity...........        10.37      12.09      12.39      14.12      16.44
Average shareholders' equity to average 
 assets.................................        11.10      11.40      11.27      11.07       9.55
Net interest margin.....................         5.49       5.78       5.53       5.88       5.73
Non-interest income to average assets...          .84        .87        .78        .73        .75
Non-interest expense to average assets..         3.40       3.43       3.14       3.16       3.07
Efficiency ratio........................        59.29      56.23      54.17      51.73      51.49
 
Risk-based capital measures:
Tier 1 risk-based ratio.................        13.87%     17.89%     17.98%     17.63%     17.61%
Total risk-based ratio..................        15.63      19.09      19.23      18.88      18.86
Leverage capital ratio..................         9.64      11.64      10.76      10.49       9.63
 
Other significant measures:
Dividend payout.........................        30.85%     26.82%     22.82%     20.34%     20.58%
Percent change in dividend..............        15.79      22.59       9.60         --      25.00
Percent change in net income (to common 
 shareholders)..........................          .11       4.30      (2.30)      1.18      40.19
Percent change in total assets..........        56.39       7.98       8.30       4.19       1.71
Equity growth...........................        47.50       9.60       9.92      12.02      13.22
 
Asset quality:
Net charge-offs to average  loans       
 outstanding............................          .89%       .84%       .82%       .44%       .51%
Non-performing loans to total year-end  
 loans..................................         1.45       1.14       1.08        .65       1.75
Non-performing assets to total year-end 
 assets.................................         1.01        .78        .67        .42       1.04
Allowance for loan losses to total      
 year-end loans.........................         1.59       1.28       1.35       1.49       1.41
Allowance for loan losses to            
 non-performing loans...................       109.63     113.78     125.14     230.79      80.35
</TABLE>

                                       10
<PAGE>
 
Matewan BancShares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Average Balance Sheets
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Dollars in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            1996      1995      1994      1993      1992
                                          ------------------------------------------------
<S>                                       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Assets
Cash and due from banks.................  $ 22,189  $ 17,391  $ 16,891  $ 12,555  $ 11,797
Interest bearing deposits...............     2,948       683     3,584       209       123
Investment securities...................   140,354   108,634   104,686   106,122   104,650
Federal funds sold......................    18,439    11,613    13,710    11,723    17,256
Loans - net.............................   339,865   221,844   203,278   181,996   171,605
Bank premises and equipment.............    18,346     9,412     8,364     7,139     7,335
Other assets............................    19,196     9,156     8,161     7,985     9,650
                                          ------------------------------------------------
Total assets............................  $561,337  $378,733  $358,674  $327,729  $322,416
                                          ================================================
 
Liabilities and shareholders' equity
Deposits:
Transaction accounts....................  $130,187  $ 83,135  $ 82,048  $ 74,280  $ 73,547
Savings deposits........................    76,906    52,624    52,551    43,947    43,817
Time deposits...........................   262,271   180,518   168,162   163,067   160,107
Borrowed funds..........................    23,119    15,885    13,098     7,706    10,994
Accrued liabilities and other...........     6,533     3,392     2,404     2,458     3,159
                                          ------------------------------------------------
Total liabilities.......................   499,016   335,554   318,263   291,458   291,624
Shareholders' equity....................    62,321    43,179    40,411    36,271    30,792
                                          ------------------------------------------------
Total liabilities and equity............  $561,337  $378,733  $358,674  $327,729  $322,416
                                          ================================================
</TABLE>

See the discussion of acquisition activity for matters that affect the
comparability of the above information.

   [GRAPH OF        Table I portrays consistent growth in both total assets and
   Earnings         equity from 1992 through 1996. This growth can be attributed
  Per Share]        to a strategic plan that has systematically expanded the
                    market area in which the Company operates. In 1994, the
                    Company formed FSB, a "de novo" thrift subsidiary, and
                    opened two offices in Pikeville and Paintsville, Kentucky.
                    In 1995, FSB opened two more offices located in supermarkets
                    in Pikeville and Goody, Kentucky. In 1996, FSB opened
                    offices in Prestonsburg and Whitesburg, Kentucky and
                    Richlands and Abingdon, Virginia. In addition, in the first
                    quarter of 1996, the Company consummated the purchase of
                    Kentucky, providing an additional five offices in Pike
                    County, Kentucky. These acquisitions and increased market
                    penetration in the Company's core market area have accounted
                    for this five year growth.

                    Table I also depicts growth in pretax income and net income
                    of approximately 23.97% and 23.79% in 1996. After
                    subtracting the dividend on the preferred stock, earnings
                    available for common shareholders in 1996 were flat when
                    compared to 1995. Earnings available for common shareholders
                    for 1996 of $5.226 million represents the highest annual
                    level realized in the history of the Company. Earnings per
                    share available to common shareholders of $1.43 is a $.01
                    increase over the comparable prior year level. 1996 earnings
                    were negatively impacted by the one-time expenses incurred
                    in connection with the Kentucky acquisition. Net earnings
                    for 1995 increased 4.30%. Earnings per share increased $.06
                    in 1995, following a $.04 decline in 1994. Increases of $.02
                    per share and $.44 per share were experienced in 1993 and
                    1992, respectively. Over the past four years, book value per
                    common share has increased steadily from a level of $9.25
                    per share in 1992 to $13.44 at the end of 1996.

                    Management is not aware of any trends, events, or
                    uncertainties, either favorable or unfavorable, that are
                    reasonably likely to have a material effect on the Company's
                    liquidity, capital resources, or results of operations.
                    There are no current recommendations by regulatory
                    authorities which, if implemented, would have a material
                    effect on the Company. The Company has no outstanding loans
                    that have been classified for regulatory purposes as loss,
                    doubtful, substandard, or special mention that result from
                    trends or uncertainties which 

                                       11
<PAGE>
 
Matewan BancShares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  [GRAPH OF         management reasonably expects to materially impact future
  Book Value        operating results, liquidity, or capital resources.
  Per Share] 
                    MARKET FOR COMPANY'S COMMON STOCK

                    The Company's common stock (symbol: "MATE") is listed for
                    trading on the National Association of Securities Dealers
                    Automated Quotation System - National Market System. Prior
                    to its listing on June 1, 1994, no trading market existed
                    for the Company's common stock.

                    In March of 1996, the Company successfully completed an
                    offering for a new class of 7.5% Cumulative Convertible
                    Preferred Stock, Series A. Concurrent with this closing and
                    the subsequent exercise of the underwriter's overallotment
                    option, the Company issued 805 thousand shares of preferred
                    stock generating a capital infusion of approximately $18.396
                    million from the net proceeds. The Company's new class of
                    preferred stock is currently traded on the National
                    Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System
                    - Small Cap Market under the symbol MATEP. In addition to
                    providing capital, the preferred stock provides the Company
                    with flexibility for future expansion.

                    The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices
  [GRAPH OF         of common stock for each quarterly period during 1996 and
  Dividends         1995 as reported by the National Association of Securities
  Per Share]        Dealers, Inc.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            1996                      1995
                  ------------------------  --------------------------
                   High    Low    Dividend   High    Low    Dividend
                  ------------------------  --------------------------
<S>               <C>     <C>     <C>       <C>      <C>     <C>
Fourth Quarter..  $18.50  $17.00    $.12     $21.38  $19.50   $.10
                                                                 
Third Quarter...   18.75   16.00     .12      20.50   18.50    .10
                                                                 
Second Quarter..   19.00   16.25     .10      19.09   17.27    .09
                                                                 
First Quarter...   21.50   18.00     .10      17.73   15.23    .09
</TABLE>

                    The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices
                    of preferred stock for each quarterly period in 1996 as
                    reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers,
                    Inc.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            1996
                  ------------------------
                   High    Low    Dividend
                  ------------------------
 
<S>               <C>     <C>     <C>
Fourth Quarter..  $25.75  $24.25    $.47
                                    
Third Quarter...   26.00   24.00     .47
                                    
Second Quarter..   26.25   24.00     .47
                                    
First Quarter...   26.00   25.00     .14
</TABLE>

  [GRAPH OF         As of December 31, 1996, there were 679 holders of record of
 Dividend Data]     the Company's common stock and 72 holders of record of the
                    Company's preferred stock.

                    The Company currently intends to pay regular quarterly cash
                    dividends on its common stock, subject to its need for
                    funds. However, the Company's dividend policy is subject to
                    the discretion of the Board of Directors. In determining
                    whether to continue such dividend payments and in
                    establishing the amount of any dividends to be paid, the
                    Board will consider the Company's earnings, capital
                    requirements and financial condition, prospects for future
                    earnings, federal economic and regulatory policies, general
                    business conditions and other relevant factors, certain of
                    which are beyond the control of the Company.

                    On January 14, 1997, the Company's Board of Directors
                    authorized the repurchase of up to $3.0 million of its 7.5%
                    Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, Series A. On January
                    10, 

                                       12
<PAGE>
 
Matewan BancShares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                    1995, the Company's Board of Directors authorized the
                    repurchase of up to 100,000 shares of its common stock.
                    Purchases of preferred and common stock may be made, at the
                    discretion of management, subject to regulatory
                    requirements, in the open market or in privately negotiated
                    transactions. Purchased shares may be used from time to time
                    for various corporate purposes.

                    EXPANSION ACTIVITY

                    On March 15, 1996, the Company purchased from Banc One
                    Kentucky Corporation one hundred percent (100%) of the
                    voting stock of the Bank One, Pikeville N.A. franchise
                    ("Pikeville"). The acquisition was accounted for using the
                    purchase method of accounting. On March 18, 1996, Pikeville
                    resumed operations as Matewan National Bank/Kentucky
                    ("Kentucky") adding total assets of approximately $204
                    million and deposits of approximately $183 million to the
                    consolidated totals of the Company. Operations of Kentucky
                    are included in the consolidated results of the Company from
                    the acquisition date. Kentucky contributed approximately 84%
                    of the asset growth experienced by the Company in 1996 and
                    29% of its consolidated net income.

                    On January 3, 1994, the Company contributed capital of $4
                    million to form FSB, a wholly-owned federal savings bank
                    subsidiary of the Company. FSB commenced operations on the
                    same date. Its operations contributed approximately 6% of
                    the growth that the Company experienced in 1996 over 1995
                    and approximately 71% of the growth that the Company
                    experienced in 1995 over 1994. FSB contributed approximately
                    6% and 4% of the Company's consolidated net income for the
                    years 1996 and 1995, respectively.

                    FINANCIAL CONDITION

                    The Company's primary sources of revenue are generated by
                    its earning assets, while its primary expenses are incurred
                    by the funding of these assets with various interest bearing
                    liabilities. Following is a discussion of earning assets and
                    interest bearing liabilities for the three years in the
                    period ended December 31, 1996.

                    Average earning assets increased approximately $158.8
                    million or 46.3% in 1996 over 1995. Consolidation of
                    Kentucky's average asset balances for the nine and one-half
                    month period that it was an affiliate of the Company
                    accounted for approximately 87.4% of the increase. Average
                    net loans increased approximately $118.0 million or 53.2%
                    (80.5% of which was attributable to Kentucky) while average
                    investment securities increased approximately $31.7 million
                    (29.2%, nearly all attributable to Kentucky) and average
                    interest bearing deposits in other banks increased
                    approximately $2.265 million (331.6%). Average federal funds
                    sold increased approximately $6.8 million (58.8%) due
                    primarily to the acquisition of Kentucky.

                    Average earning assets increased approximately $17.5 million
                    or 5.4% in 1995 over 1994. Average net loans increased
                    approximately $18.6 million (9.1%) while average investment
                    securities increased approximately $3.9 million (3.8%) and
                    average interest bearing deposits decreased approximately
                    $2.9 million (80.9%). Average federal funds sold decreased
                    approximately $2.1 million (15.3%).

                    Average interest bearing liabilities are the primary source
                    of funds that support the Company's earning assets. In 1996,
                    average interest bearing liabilities increased approximately
                    $140.9 million (48.8%). Average transaction accounts
                    increased approximately $28.8 million (74.7%), average
                    savings deposits increased $24.2 million (45.9%), average
                    time deposits increased $80.7 million (44.5%), and average
                    borrowed funds, short-term and long-term borrowings,
                    increased approximately $7.2 million (45.5%) in 1996 over
                    1995. Most of the increases are attributable to Kentucky.

                    In 1995, average interest bearing liabilities increased
                    approximately $17.2 million (6.4%). Average transaction
                    accounts increased approximately $896 thousand (2.4%),
                    average savings deposits increased $158 thousand (.3%),
                    average time deposits increased $13.4 million (8.0%), and
                    average borrowed funds, primarily commercial repurchase
                    agreements, increased approximately $2.8 million (21.3%) in
                    1995 over 1994.

                                       13
<PAGE>
 
Matewan BancShares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table II - Analysis of Earning Assets and Interest Bearing Liabilities
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Dollars in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  Year Ended                  Year Ended                  Year Ended
                                              December 31, 1996           December 31, 1995            December 31, 1994
                                          -------------------------- ---------------------------  ---------------------------
                                          Average             Yield   Average             Yield   Average               Yield
                                          Balance   Interest   Rate   Balance   Interest   Rate   Balance   Interest    Rate
                                          -------------------------- ---------------------------  ---------------------------
<S>                                       <C>       <C>       <C>     <C>       <C>       <C>     <C>       <C>        <C>
Assets
Earning assets:
  Loans:
   Commercial...........................  $ 95,230   $10,158  10.67%  $ 65,091   $ 6,851  10.53%  $ 65,186   $  6,168    9.46%
   Real estate..........................   130,139    13,403  10.30     80,683     8,470  10.50     70,119      7,023   10.02
   Consumer.............................   114,496    13,022  11.37     76,070    10,003  13.15     67,973      8,371   12.32
                                          -------------------------- ---------------------------  ---------------------------
Total loans.............................   339,865    36,583  10.76    221,844    25,324  11.42    203,278     21,562   10.61
 
Securities:
  Taxable...............................   132,317     8,248   6.23    106,138     6,272   5.91    103,759      6,205    5.98
  Tax-exempt............................     8,037       419   5.21      2,496       146   5.85        927         58    6.26
                                          -------------------------- ---------------------------  ---------------------------
Total securities........................   140,354     8,667   6.18    108,634     6,418   5.91    104,686      6,263    5.98
Federal funds sold......................    18,439       994   5.39     11,613       660   5.68     13,710        551    4.02
Interest bearing deposits in banks......     2,948       140   4.75        683        40   5.86      3,584        148    4.13
                                          -------------------------- ---------------------------  ---------------------------
Total earnings assets...................   501,606    46,384   9.25%   342,774    32,442   9.46%   325,258     28,524    8.77%
 
Non-earning assets:
  Other assets..........................    59,731                      35,959                      33,416
                                          --------                    --------                    ---------
Total assets............................  $561,337                    $378,733                     $358,674
                                          ========                    ========                    =========
 
Liabilities and shareholders' equity
Interest bearing liabilities:
  Transaction accounts..................  $ 67,256   $ 2,217   3.30%  $ 38,488   $ 1,185   3.08%  $ 37,592   $  1,142    3.04%
  Savings deposits......................    76,906     2,321   3.02     52,709     1,770   3.36     52,551      1,817    3.46
  Time deposits.........................   262,271    13,337   5.09    181,554     9,112   5.02    168,162      7,137    4.24
  Borrowed funds........................    23,119       994   4.30     15,885       577   3.63     13,098        447    3.41
                                          -------------------------- ---------------------------  ---------------------------
Total interest bearing liabilities......   429,552    18,869   4.39    288,636    12,644   4.38    271,403     10,543    3.88
                                                     ---------------             ---------------             ----------------
 
Non-interest bearing liabilities and
 capital:
   Demand deposits......................    62,931                      43,526                      44,456
   Accrued expenses and other...........     6,533                       3,392                       2,404
   Total shareholders' equity...........    62,321                      43,179                      40,411
                                        ----------                   ---------                   ---------
Total non-interest bearing liabilities
   and capital..........................   131,785                      90,097                      87,271
                                        ----------                   ---------                   ---------
Total liabilities and capital...........  $561,337                    $378,733                    $358,674
                                        ==========                   =========                   =========
 
Net interest income.....................             $27,515                     $19,798                     $ 17,981
                                                     =======                     =======                     ========
Spread..................................                       4.86%                       5.08%                         4.89%
                                                              =====                       =====                        =======
Net interest margin.....................                       5.49%                       5.78%                         5.53%
                                                              =====                       =====                        =======
</TABLE>

Nonaccrual loans are included in average balances.

Yields on tax-exempt securities are on a pretax basis and do not represent tax
equivalent yields.

                                       14
<PAGE>
 
Matewan BancShares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    [GRAPH OF       LOAN PORTFOLIO
Loans Outstanding]
                    The Company offers a variety of lending services, including
                    commercial and financial, real estate and consumer loans.
                    The Company, similar to other financial institutions, also
                    offers off-balance sheet instruments to its customers to aid
                    them in meeting their requirements for liquidity, credit
                    enhancement, and interest rate protection.

                    The Company's lending philosophy is to maintain a strategic
                    asset mix wherein the loan portfolio comprises approximately
                    sixty-five percent (65%) of the Company's total assets. More
                    specifically, the mix of the loan portfolio is targeted for
                    equal distribution among the real estate, commercial, and
                    consumer categories. At December 31, 1996, the actual
                    distribution was 38% real estate, 33% consumer and 29%
                    commercial. The primary focus for all categories of lending
                    is the thirteen county market area that the Company has
                    identified as its core market.

   [GRAPH OF        By definition, credit concentrations consist of direct,
Loan Portfolio      indirect, or contingent liabilities exceeding twenty-five
 Distribution]      percent (25%) of the Company's capital base. Concentrations
                    are considered to involve a single borrower, an affiliated
                    borrower, a group of borrowers engaged in or dependent on a
                    single industry, or a group of borrowers with similar credit
                    categorizations. The Company has no foreign loans or loan
                    concentrations to individual or related borrowers which
                    exceed 10% of total loans. By definition, two major types of
                    concentrations exist for the Company: (i) those delineated
                    by loan category and (ii) that of a single industry
                    concentration. Loan categories in excess of twenty-five
                    percent (25%) of the Company's capital base are (i) those
                    secured by one-to-four family residences, (ii) those secured
                    by automobiles, (iii) those secured by commercial real
                    estate and equipment, and (iv) those characterized as
                    unsecured consumer loans. The other type of concentration
                    relates to the general overall reliance on the coal industry
                    prevalent throughout the Company's market area. Given the
                    market area's dependence on this industry, the Company's
                    avoidance of concentration is neither likely nor practical.

   [GRAPH OF        Although the Company strives to maintain a diversified loan
Loan Portfolio      portfolio, a substantial portion of its debtors' ability to
 Distribution       honor their obligations is dependent upon the coal industry.
by Collateral]      Accordingly, a downturn in the coal industry could impact
                    the value of collateral held as security for the loan
                    portfolio and the ability of the borrowers to repay in
                    accordance with original terms. The Company attempts to
                    diversify this particular concentration somewhat by (i)
                    avoiding concentration of or reliance on one company and its
                    employees, suppliers, or independent coal operators or
                    contractors, (ii) spreading the commercial portfolio
                    throughout southern West Virginia, eastern Kentucky and
                    western Virginia, and (iii) engaging in business involving
                    different coal companies and different types of coal.
                    Historically, management has closely monitored coal related
                    credits and has been successful in limiting credit exposure
                    during times of downward economic trends in the industry.
                    The direct coal related credits in the Company's loan
                    portfolio actually represent less than 5% of the total net
                    portfolio.

                    The majority of loans outstanding are collateralized by real
                    estate, commercial equipment, and personal consumer goods.
                    At December 31, 1996, one-to-four family residential real
                    estate secured approximately 34% of the net loan portfolio,
                    commercial equipment and vehicles secured approximately 7%,
                    automobiles secured approximately 19%, and commercial real
                    estate secured approximately 13%. Principally all of the
                    commercial real estate securing the loans noted above is
                    within the market area served by the Company, where such
                    real estate values have not been significantly affected by
                    the significant fluctuations which have caused the
                    collateral value problems in other regions of the country.
                    No other individual category makes up 10% or more of the
                    loan portfolio.

                    Real estate loans represent the largest component of the
                    Company's loan portfolio. The majority of real estate loans
                    outstanding in terms of both dollar volume and number of
                    loans have been made within the identified core market area
                    of the Company. One-to-four family residential real estate
                    represents most of the collateral for this category. Company
                    loan policy maintains uniform and minimum standards for
                    determining creditworthiness of potential real estate
                    borrowers, requiring conformity to FNMA and FHLMC standards,
                    including debt-to-worth and loan-to-appraised value ratios.
                    Maximum allowable levels for loan-to-value ratios for the
                    most prevalent types of real estate lending are eighty
                    percent (80%) for one-to-four family residences, seventy-
                    five (75%) for land development, and sixty-

                                       15
<PAGE>
 
Matewan BancShares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                    five (65%) for raw, unimproved residential land. In
                    addition, minimum standard parameters regarding downpayment,
                    loan term, and risk-based determined loan rates are employed
                    by the Company.

                    Consumer loans comprise the second largest component of the
                    Company's loan portfolio in terms of dollar volume. The
                    majority of the Company's consumer loans have been made
                    within the Company's core market area. Automobile loans
                    comprise the largest single type of consumer credit
                    category, approximating one-half of the total consumer
                    portfolio. Loan policy mandates minimum underwriting
                    standards depending on the nature of credit involved,
                    including the applicant's employment history, disposable
                    income and debt-to-income ratios, net worth, credit scores,
                    downpayment requirements, loan terms, and collateral. While
                    Company policy emphasizes secured lending, unsecured
                    consumer lending within established guidelines is permitted
                    by policy.

                    Commercial loans represent both the smallest component of
                    the Company's loan portfolio and the largest and most
                    concentrated risks found therein. In terms of geographic
                    concentration, the majority of the dollar volume of
                    outstanding loans in this portfolio category have been made
                    within the Company's core market area. The majority of the
                    loans in this category are collateralized with either coal
                    mining equipment and/or coal mining vehicles and equipment
                    or other commercial real estate or equipment. Minimum
                    commercial loan underwriting and documentation standards
                    include - among other requirements - current financial
                    information, demonstration of adequate cash flow, adequate
                    and perfected lien positions, and sufficient collateral
                    coverage and insurance. Minimum standards similarly exist
                    for downpayment and/or equity coverage, loan term, and risk-
                    based interest rate determination - all dependent on the
                    nature and type of credit involved. Loan policy provides for
                    variable rate pricing based upon some predetermined and
                    prominently recognized index - usually Wall Street Journal
                    Prime. However, management has not extensively used variable
                    rate pricing as the duration of the commercial portfolio is
                    not overly long.

                    The Company, as part of its asset/liability and risk
                    management processes, utilizes industry recognizable
                    standardized credit scoring models on most categories of
                    loans. As a consequence of this methodology, the Company is
                    able to employ tiered risk-based pricing as a mechanism to
                    further manage interest margins and credit quality.

                    The population of the thirteen county core market area
                    declined substantially during the decade of 1980 to 1990,
                    before a change in course in the early 1990s. Total
                    households, which tend to be larger in this market than most
                    national averages, similarly fell over the same time period,
                    although not as drastically as population readings would
                    suggest. A majority of these households (over 68%) own their
                    dwelling with a median value in excess of $40 thousand.
                    Median household income for the area is just below $19
                    thousand, with approximately forty percent (40%) of the
                    households having incomes in excess of $25 thousand. Coal
                    mining remains the dominant industry in the local economy,
                    however, the dominant employers in the market are - in no
                    particular order - education, government services, and
                    health care services. Blue collar occupations dominate most
                    employment readings representing nearly fifty-six (56%) of
                    the work force. The single most powerful industrial
                    influence in the core market area is the dependence -
                    directly and indirectly - on the coal industry.

                                       16
<PAGE>
 
Matewan BancShares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                    The following table shows the composition of the Company's
                    loan portfolio:

Table III - Consolidated Summary of Loans
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Dollars in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      Years Ended December 31
                                            1996      1995      1994      1993      1992
                                          ------------------------------------------------
<S>                                       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Commercial loans........................  $108,240  $ 63,581  $ 64,821  $ 69,372  $ 65,144
Real estate loans.......................   144,693    88,197    76,908    66,638    54,225
Consumer loans..........................   125,163    80,796    77,564    65,107    57,963
                                          ------------------------------------------------
Subtotal................................   378,096   232,574   219,293   201,117   177,332
Less: Unearned income...................     1,309     1,033     1,617     2,303     2,098
                                          ------------------------------------------------
Subtotal................................   376,787   231,541   217,676   198,814   175,234
Less: Allowance for loan losses.........     5,986     2,973     2,932     2,961     2,470
                                          ------------------------------------------------
Net loans...............................  $370,801  $228,568  $214,744  $195,853  $172,764
                                          ================================================
</TABLE>

                    At December 31, 1996, net loans approximated $371 million as
                    compared to $229 million on December 31, 1995. Real estate
                    loans increased approximately $56.5 million (64.1%).
                    Approximately 80% or $45.2 million of this increase is
                    attributable to Kentucky. Consumer loans increased
                    approximately $44.4 million, of which approximately $35
                    million or 78.8% of the increase is attributable to
                    Kentucky. Commercial loans increased approximately $44.7
                    million or 70.2%. Kentucky accounted for approximately $34.5
                    million or 79% of the increase in volume.

                    At December 31, 1995, net loans approximated $229 million as
                    compared to $215 million on December 31, 1994. Real estate
                    loans increased approximately $11.3 million (14.7%),
                    consumer loans increased approximately $3.2 million (4.2%),
                    and commercial loans decreased approximately $1.2 million
                    (1.9%) from December 31, 1994.

                    As Table III illustrates, the Company has a relatively
                    balanced loan portfolio with increasing emphasis being
                    placed on the consumer and real estate markets. The maturity
                    distribution of the Company's gross loans at December 31,
                    1996 is summarized in Table IV:

Table IV - Remaining Maturities of Loans
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Dollars in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            Balance                         After
                                          December 31  One Year   1 to 5    Five
                                             1996      or Less    Years     Years
                                          ----------------------------------------
<S>                                       <C>          <C>       <C>       <C>
Commercial loans........................   $108,240    $ 83,325  $ 22,572  $ 2,343
Real estate loans.......................    144,693      16,251    98,718   29,724
Consumer loans..........................    125,163      51,101    72,291    1,771
                                          ----------------------------------------
Total loans.............................   $378,096    $150,677  $193,581  $33,838
                                          ========================================
 
Loans due after one year:
   With floating rates..................   $  8,767  
                                           ========
   With predetermined rates.............   $218,652  
                                           ========
</TABLE>

                    ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

                    The allowance for loan losses is established through
                    provisions for loan losses charged against income. Loans
                    deemed to be uncollectible are charged against the allowance
                    for loan losses, and subsequent recoveries are credited to
                    the allowance.

                    On January 1, 1995, the Company adopted Financial Accounting
                    Standards Board Statement No. 114, "Accounting by Creditors
                    for Impairment of a Loan," as amended by FASB Statement No.
                    118. Under this standard, the allowance for loan losses
                    related to loans that are 

                                       17
<PAGE>
 
Matewan BancShares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  [GRAPH OF         identified for evaluation in accordance with Statement 114
 Loan Coverage]     is based on discounted cash flows using the loan's initial
                    effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral
                    for certain collateral dependent loans. Prior to 1995, the
                    allowance for loan losses related to these loans was based
                    on undiscounted cash flows or the fair value of collateral
                    for collateral dependent loans. The adoption of this
                    pronouncement did not materially impact the Company's
                    financial statements, accounting policies, nonperforming
                    loans, or determination of the adequacy of the allowance for
                    loan losses.

                    The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level
                    believed adequate by management to absorb estimated loan
                    losses. Management's periodic evaluation of the adequacy of
                    the allowance is based on the Company's past loan
                    experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio,
                    adverse situations that may affect the borrowers' ability to
                    repay (including the timing of future payments), the
                    estimated value of any underlying collateral, composition of
                    the loan portfolio, current economic conditions, and other
                    relevant factors. This evaluation is inherently subjective
                    as it requires material estimates including the amounts and
                    timing of future cash flows expected to be received of
                    impaired loans that is susceptible to significant change.

                    The allowance for loan losses is based upon senior
                    management's review of the loan portfolio, historical
                    charge-off experience, composition of the loan portfolio,
                    loan volume, current economic conditions and other relevant
                    factors. For a given period, the provision for loan losses,
                    less net charge-offs, comprises the allowance for loan
                    losses for that period. In management's judgment, the
                    allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level adequate
                    to absorb potential losses on existing loans and loan
                    commitments.

                    Accrual of interest is generally discontinued when a loan
                    becomes ninety days past due as to principal or interest.
                    When interest accruals are discontinued, unpaid interest
                    credited to income in the current year is reversed, and
                    interest accrued in prior years is charged to the allowance
                    for loan losses. Management may elect to continue the
                    accrual of interest when the estimated net realizable value
                    of collateral is sufficient to cover the principal balance
                    and accrued interest and the loan is in the process of
                    collection. Loans in foreclosure and liquidation proceedings
                    are immediately placed on nonaccrual status. A nonaccrual
                    loan may be restored to an accrual basis when interest and
                    principal payments are made current, the credit performs in
                    accordance with contractual terms for a reasonable period of
                    time, and prospects for future payments are no longer in
                    doubt.

                    The allowance for loan losses at December 31, 1996 was
                    approximately $6.0 million compared to approximately $3.0
                    million in 1995, an increase of approximately $3.0 million
                    or 100%. The acquisition of Kentucky accounted for an
                    increase of approximately $3.2 million in the allowance for
                    loan losses at March 18, 1996. The ratio of net charge-offs
                    to average net loans was .89% in 1996 as compared to .84% in
                    1995. The ratio of allowance for loan losses to non-
                    performing loans, the "coverage ratio," provides a
                    quantifiable estimate of the coverage available in the
                    allowance for loan losses against known problem credits. The
                    coverage ratio was 109.63% and 113.78% for the years 1996
                    and 1995, respectively. The ratio of non-performing loans to
                    total year end loans was 1.45% and 1.14% for 1996 and 1995,
                    respectively. The ratio of loan loss provision to net
                    charge-offs was 95.5% and 102.2% for 1996 and 1995,
                    respectively.

                    Starting in late 1994 and continuing throughout 1995 and
                    1996, management moved to position the loan portfolio for
                    the future by aggressively working out problem credits,
                    particularly in the consumer and commercial sector. Over
                    this period of time, the Company has undertaken a
                    comprehensive program concerning the restructuring of or
                    disposing of problem or higher risk credits. At the
                    implementation of this program, management recognized that
                    the adoption of such an aggressive posture would entail
                    having to absorb some charges to the loan loss allowance
                    that could, at least initially, be of a substantially
                    heavier volume than historical comparisons would suggest.
                    Management also recognized that dealing with some of these
                    problem credits in this aggressive manner would result in
                    some credits, that previously would not have been recognized
                    as such, becoming classified assets and being reported as
                    classified assets. Accordingly, non-performing levels were
                    anticipated to be much 

                                       18
<PAGE>
 
Matewan BancShares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                    heavier than prior period levels, although it was the
                    opinion of management that these higher levels of non-
                    performing loans did not contain an additional proportionate
                    level of credit exposure. Management further recognized that
                    these anticipated charges and reclassifications would be
                    occurring in a period of time in which normal and continuing
                    provisions to loan loss allowance to reflect and to cover
                    current period loan activity would also have to be made.
                    Management determined at the outset that (i) there existed
                    sufficient coverage in the loan loss allowance at that time
                    to absorb the effect of anticipated higher charge-offs
                    without any accompanying increase in the provision and (ii)
                    on an ongoing basis, provisions to loan loss allowance would
                    continue to be made to reflect any additional exposure to
                    the loan portfolio.

                    Consistent with national trends, the Company has experienced
                    higher delinquencies in consumer loans. Accordingly,
                    management has focused a significant amount of their time
                    toward reducing consumer delinquencies and losses. A
                    significant portion of the allowance for loan losses has
                    been allocated to the consumer portfolio to cover the
                    estimated exposure in the Company's consumer lending. As
                    noted in Table VI, consumer loans as a percent of total
                    loans have decreased over the past two years. This has been
                    done to help manage this segment of the portfolio.
                    Management believes the allocation of the allowance to the
                    consumer portfolio is adequate to absorb estimated losses in
                    this segment of the portfolio.

                    Based upon economic expectations, extensive reviews of
                    credit relationships by management, and the level of
                    nonperforming assets, management maintained its dual
                    posture throughout 1996 of strengthening the allowance and
                    aggressively liquidating problem credits. Management further
                    maintained its aggressive approach of identifying,
                    monitoring, and treating problem credits.

The following tables show the analysis of the allowance for loan losses and the
allocation of allowance for loan losses:

Table V - Analysis of Allowance for Loan Losses
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  (Dollars in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   Year Ended December 31
                                                                    1996         1995        1994       1993         1992
                                                                -----------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                             <C>            <C>        <C>         <C>          <C>
Amount of loans outstanding at end of period.................      $376,787    $231,541    $217,676    $198,814    $175,234
                                                                ===========================================================
                                                                                                        
Daily average amount of loans................................      $345,062    $221,844    $203,278    $181,996    $171,605
                                                                ===========================================================
                                                                                                        
Balance of allowance for loan losses at beginning of period..      $  2,973    $  2,932    $  2,961    $  2,470    $  2,006
Loans charged off:                                                                                      
   Commercial................................................           436         533         854         318         477
   Consumer..................................................         2,996       1,724       1,205         804         634
   Real estate...............................................           306         137          69          92         163
                                                                -----------------------------------------------------------
Total loans charged off......................................         3,738       2,394       2,128       1,214       1,274
Recoveries of loans previously charged off:                                                             
   Commercial................................................           142         104         107         156         192
   Consumer..................................................           492         411         294         228         177
   Real estate...............................................            20          12          55          36          26
                                                                -----------------------------------------------------------
Total recoveries.............................................           654         527         456         420         395
                                                                -----------------------------------------------------------
Net loans charged off........................................         3,084       1,867       1,672         794         879
Additions to allowance charged to expense....................         2,945       1,908       1,643       1,285       1,343
Incidental to acquisition....................................         3,152          --          --          --          --
                                                                -----------------------------------------------------------
Balance at end of period.....................................      $  5,986    $  2,973    $  2,932    $  2,961    $  2,470
                                                                ===========================================================
Ratio of net charge-offs during period to average loans......          0.89%       0.84%       0.82%       0.44%       0.51%
                                                                ===========================================================
Ratio of loan loss provision to net charge-offs..............          95.5%      102.2%       98.3%      161.8%      152.8%
                                                                ===========================================================

</TABLE>
                                       19
<PAGE>
 
Matewan BancShares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Table VI - Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Dollars in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   December 31, 1996     December 31, 1995     December 31, 1994       December 31, 1993      December 31, 1992
                  Allocation  Category  Allocation  Category  Allocation  Category   Allocation   Category  Allocation   Category
                      of       as a %       of       as a %       of       as a %        of        as a %       of        as a %
                  Allowance   of Loans  Allowance   of Loans  Allowance  of Loans    Allowance    of Loans  Allocation   of Loans
                 --------------------- --------------------- --------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
<S>              <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>       <C>        <C>         <C>          <C>       <C>          <C>
Commercial......   $1,996     28.63%     $  955      27.3%     $2,106      29.5%      $2,150        34.5%    $1,438        36.7%
Real estate.....    1,141     38.27         638      37.9         210      35.1          305        33.1        315        30.6
Consumer........    2,849     33.10       1,380      34.8         616      35.4          506        32.4        717        32.7
                 --------------------- ------------------    --------------------- ---------------------   ----------------------
                   $5,986    100.00%     $2,973     100.0%     $2,932     100.0%      $2,961       100.0%    $2,470       100.0%
                 ===================== ==================    ===================== =====================   ======================
</TABLE>
                    CONSOLIDATED SUMMARY OF NON-PERFORMING ASSETS

                    Non-performing assets consist of non-accrual loans, loans
                    more than ninety days past due, and other real estate owned.

                    At December 31, 1996, non-performing assets increased by
                    approximately 102.1% over prior year levels, or
                    approximately $3.2 million to 1.01% of total assets as
                    compared to .78% of total assets at December 31, 1995. The
                    acquisition and consolidation of Kentucky accounted for
                    approximately $1.5 million or 47.3% of the increase. The
                    remaining increase was attributable to a combination of
                    management's increasingly aggressive posture in dealing with
                    problem credits, the desire for a conservatively valued loan
                    portfolio, overall collection efforts, and an increased
                    number of credits requiring management action. Management
                    believes they have adequately provided for losses related to
                    nonperforming assets at December 31, 1996. Of the loans held
                    in non-accrual status in 1996, if interest had been accrued
                    on these loans based upon their original terms, income
                    before taxes would have increased by approximately $458
                    thousand. A total of approximately $585 thousand in interest
                    was actually collected on these accounts.

                    Other real estate owned, which is recorded at the lower of
                    cost or market, represents the real estate which the Company
                    has taken ownership in full or partial satisfaction of
                    loans. Approximately 35.2% of the other real estate owned is
                    of a nonresidential nature.

                    The following table depicts the relative levels of non-
                    performing assets for the last five years:

Table VII - Consolidated Summary Non-Performing Assets
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Dollars in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           1996     1995     1994     1993     1992
                                          ------------------------------------------
<S>                                       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Non-performing assets:
  Non-accruing loans....................  $4,416   $1,995   $1,743   $1,037   $2,838
  Loans past due 90 days................   1,044      618      600      246      236
                                          ------------------------------------------
Total non-performing loans..............   5,460    2,613    2,343    1,283    3,074
  Other real estate owned...............     879      524      137      156      352
                                          ------------------------------------------
Total non-performing assets.............  $6,339   $3,137   $2,480   $1,439   $3,426
                                          ==========================================
 
Non-performing loans as a percent of    
 total loans............................    1.45%    1.13%    1.08%     .65%    1.75%
                                          ==========================================
 
Non-performing assets as a percent of   
 total assets...........................    1.01%    0.78%    0.67%    0.42%    1.04%
                                          ==========================================
</TABLE>

                                       20
<PAGE>
 
Matewan BancShares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                    The Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board
                    Statement No. 114, "Accounting by Creditors for Impairment
                    of a Loan," on January 1, 1995. Statement No. 114 requires
                    that impaired loans be measured based upon the present value
                    of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's
                    original effective interest rate or, as a practical
                    expedient, at the loan's observable market price of the fair
                    value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.
                    The adoption and implementation of this standard has not had
                    a material effect on the Company's financial statements.

                    At December 31, 1996, the recorded investment in impaired
                    loans was $10.9 million (of which $1.7 million was on a
                    nonaccrual basis). Included in this amount is $2.0 million
                    of impaired loans for which the related allowance for credit
                    losses is $.8 million and $8.9 million of impaired loans
                    that do not have a specific allocation of the allowance for
                    credit losses. The average recorded investment in impaired
                    loans for the year ended December 31, 1996 approximated $9.5
                    million. The increase in 1996 is due to the acquisition of
                    Kentucky. For the year ended December 31, 1996, the Company
                    recognized interest income on impaired loans of $1.2 million
                    of interest income using the cash basis method of income
                    recognition.

                    At December 31, 1995, the recorded investment in impaired
                    loans was $6.5 million (of which $278 thousand was on a
                    nonaccrual basis). Included in this amount was $863 thousand
                    of impaired loans for which the related allowance for credit
                    losses is $274 thousand and $5.7 million of impaired loans
                    that do not have a specific allocation of the allowance for
                    credit losses. The average recorded investment in impaired
                    loans for the year ended December 31, 1995 approximated $5.7
                    million.

  [GRAPH OF         INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO AND OTHER EARNING ASSETS
Loan Portfolio
 Distribution]      The second largest component of earning assets is investment
                    securities. The Company's investment portfolio is comprised
                    primarily of United States Government and Federal Agency
                    obligations. The Company's portfolio is designed to enhance
                    liquidity while providing acceptable rates of return. By
                    achieving this, the investment portfolio helps promote the
                    Company's asset/liability management.

                    Management determines the appropriate classification of
                    securities at the time of purchase. If management has the
                    intent and the Company has the ability, at the time of
                    purchase, to hold securities to maturity on a longer term
                    basis, they are classified as investments held-to-maturity
                    and carried at amortized historical cost. Debt securities
                    purchased for an indefinite period of time, including
                    securities that management intends to utilize as part of its
                    asset/liability strategy, or those that may be sold for
                    various reasons, and marketable equity securities are
                    classified as available for sale and carried at fair value.
                    Unrealized holding gains and losses on securities classified
                    as available-for-sale, net of the related tax effect, are
                    carried as a separate component of shareholders' equity.

                    The Company does not hold investment securities for trading
                    purposes. The Company adopted the provisions of Financial
                    Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 115 ("SFAS 115"),
                    the new standard for investments held as of or acquired
                    after January 1, 1994. The balance of the shareholders'
                    equity account at January 1, 1994 was increased
                    approximately $127 thousand (net of deferred income taxes of
                    $30 thousand) to reflect the unrealized holding gains on
                    securities classified as available-for-sale previously
                    carried at amortized cost. At December 31, 1996 unrealized
                    holding losses on available-for-sale securities, net of
                    deferred income taxes, of approximately $68 thousand, have
                    been recorded as a separate component of shareholders'
                    equity.

                                       21
<PAGE>
 
Matewan BancShares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table VIII - Investment Securities
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Dollars in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        U.S.      Federal   State and      Other                Weighted
                                      Treasury   Agencies   Municipal   Securities     Total      Yield
                                    --------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>          <C>        <C>
December 31, 1996
Maturity:
  Within 1 year                        $ 2,000   $ 17,850     $ 2,151   $   --        $ 22,001     6.37% 
  After 1 year through 5 years           6,967     87,784       6,666      525         101,942     6.11  
  After 5 years through 10 years            --     12,906         861       --          13,767     6.88  
  After 10 Years                            --      4,327       1,164    4,779          10,270     8.08  
                                    ---------------------------------------------     --------           
Total carrying value                   $ 8,967   $122,867     $10,842    5,304        $147,980     6.36  
                                    =============================================     ========             
Estimated fair value                   $ 8,963   $122,657     $10,905    5,313        $147,838             
Yield at purchase                         5.61%      6.38%       5.93%    6.77%           6.36%            
Average maturity (in years)               1.04       3.53        6.34    22.18            4.25              
 
December 31, 1995
Total carrying value                   $11,932   $ 88,049     $ 3,476   $2,271        $105,728     6.24%
Estimated fair value                    12,015     88,492       3,490    2,271         106,268             
Yield at purchase                         5.62%      6.39%       4.74%    6.00%           6.24%            
Average maturity (in years)                .97       2.50        2.06    20.00            2.09              
 
December 31, 1994
Total carrying value                   $28,427   $ 77,744     $ 1,312   $2,498        $109,981     5.99% 
Estimated fair value                    28,001     75,156       1,299    2,499         106,955
Yield at purchase                         5.25%      6.28%       5.23%    5.92%           5.99%
Average maturity (in years)               1.05       2.47        2.96    16.81            2.09
</TABLE>

                    During 1996, the Company increased its investment holdings
                    by approximately $42.3 million. Approximately $40.7 million
                    of the increase was attributable to Kentucky. Investment in
                    U.S. Treasury issues declined approximately $3.0 million to
                    approximately 6% of the total portfolio (down from 11% in
                    the prior year). In contrast, investment in Federal Agency
                    issues, State & Municipal issues, and other securities
                    increased in terms of both volume and proportion of the
                    investment portfolio in 1996 from prior year levels. Federal
                    Agency investments increased approximately $34.9 million
                    (representing 83% of the portfolio for both 1996 and 1995).
                    Investments in State and Municipal issues increased
                    approximately $7.4 million and investments in other
                    securities increased approximately $3.0 million in 1996,
                    collectively representing approximately 10.9% of the
                    investment portfolio as compared to 5% in the prior year.
                    Kentucky accounted for most of the increases in absolute
                    dollar terms.

                    During 1995, the Company decreased its investment holdings
                    by approximately $4.3 million. Investment in U.S. Treasury
                    issues declined approximately $16.5 million to approximately
                    11% of the total portfolio (down from 26% in the prior
                    year). In contrast, investment in Federal Agency issues,
                    State & Municipal issues, and other securities increased in
                    terms of both volume and proportion of the investment
                    portfolio in 1995 from prior year levels. Federal Agency
                    investments increased approximately $10.3 million
                    (representing 83% of the portfolio versus 71% in 1994).
                    Investments in State and Municipal issues increased
                    approximately $2.2 million and investments in other
                    securities decreased approximately $227 thousand in 1995,
                    collectively representing approximately 5% of the investment
                    portfolio as compared to 3% in the prior year.

                    The Company's investment in federal funds sold increased
                    approximately $11.7 million in 1996 from prior year levels.
                    Average federal funds sold for the year were approximately
                    $6.8 million higher in 1996 than in 1995. The Kentucky
                    acquisition and strong core deposit growth for the Company
                    provided the bulk of the funds available for this sort of
                    investment. In addition, improved loan demand utilized some
                    of the excess funds.

                                       22
<PAGE>
 
Matewan BancShares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                    Any assessment of the Company's activity in federal funds
                    investments needs to be evaluated in the context of evolving
                    economic market forces and the Company's overall
                    asset/liability management. Management attempts to maintain
                    federal funds sold at levels sufficient to maintain adequate
                    liquidity, while balancing these liquidity needs with a
                    desire to maximize return on earning assets. At interest
                    rate levels prevalent in much of 1996, the differential
                    between yields on federal funds sold and investment
                    securities falling within the parameters of the Company's
                    investment policy was often minimal, providing little
                    incentive for committing substantial amounts of funds to
                    either alternative. In addition, despite generally lower
                    interest rate levels for 1996 and a more competitive lending
                    environment producing generally lower loan yields for the
                    same period, strong loan demand made lending a much more
                    attractive option in 1996 than most other investment
                    options. Most of the growth in federal funds sold and
                    investment securities in 1996 was a consequence of the
                    Kentucky acquisition. Except for the absorption of
                    Kentucky's securities into the investment portfolio of the
                    Company, much of 1996 investment activity involved little
                    more than replacing maturing securities with issues of a
                    similar maturity. Much of the lengthening of the average
                    maturity experienced in most investment portfolio categories
                    in 1996 was similarly a function of absorbing Kentucky's
                    investment portfolio into that of the Company.

                    DEPOSITS
  [GRAPH OF
 Total Deposits]    The Company primarily uses deposits to fund its lending
                    activities and investment portfolio. Deposit accounts,
                    including checking, savings, certificates of deposit, and
                    short-term borrowings, are obtained primarily from the
                    market area that the Company serves.

                    Average deposits and short-term borrowings increased
                    approximately $160.2 million or 48.2% in 1996 from 1995
                    levels. Approximately $137 million of this increase, or 86%,
                    was a direct consequence of Kentucky's contribution to the
                    consolidated totals. The remainder was a consequence of
                    growth in the Company's established core market. Despite
                    increasingly aggressive competition for funds in its market
                    area, in 1996 the Company was able to maintain funds at a
                    level that was only one basis point more expensive than for
                    1995. Jumbo certificates of deposit are defined as deposits
                    with minimum denominations of $100 thousand and maximum
                    maturities of one year. The aggregate amount of jumbo
                    certificates of deposit in the Company was $65.4 million and
                    $43.0 million, at December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
                    Kentucky was responsible for 97.8% of the increase
                    experienced in jumbo certificates of deposit at December 31,
                    1996.

                    Average deposits and short-term borrowings increased
                    approximately $16.3 million or 5% in 1995 from 1994 levels.
                    The decreasing interest rate environment prevalent during
                    much of 1995 did not provide the Company with as much
                    earnings relief as it had in the last general decline in
                    1992 and 1993. In fact, the Company's cost of funds actually
                    increased on most interest bearing deposit categories due to
                    carryover from the repricing developments in 1994, some
                    aggressive growth campaigns the Company undertook with
                    regard to some of its newer offices, and more intensive
                    competitive pressures.

    [GRAPH OF       OTHER BORROWINGS
Funds Distribution]
                    Short-term borrowings consist of the Treasury Tax and Loan
                    Account, Commercial Repurchase Agreements, and Borrowings
                    from the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB). The amount in the
                    Treasury Tax and Loan accounts is directly related to the
                    amount of payroll in the market area and the frequency of
                    government withdrawals. Commercial Repurchase Agreements
                    represent overnight transactions whereby certain commercial
                    customers invest in liquid interest-bearing liabilities.
                    Average Commercial Repurchase Agreements decreased
                    approximately $1.5 million (11.9%) in 1996, after increasing
                    approximately $1.5 million (14%) in 1995. As a general rule,
                    an increasing interest rate environment and generally better
                    liquidity characteristics make Commercial Repurchase
                    Agreements a less attractive investment alternative in the
                    type of economic environment experienced in the past two
                    years. Average Borrowings from FHLB were insignificant for
                    most of 1996. The Bank did have an overnight draw
                    outstanding on its Flexline at FHLB Pittsburgh at December
                    31, 1996, which management repaid during the first week of
                    1997.

                                       23
<PAGE>
 
Matewan BancShares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table IX - Short-Term Borrowings
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Dollars in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          1996            1995            1994
                                     Amount   Rate   Amount   Rate   Amount   Rate
                                     -------------- ---------------- -------------
<S>                                  <C>      <C>    <C>      <C>    <C>      <C>
Treasury tax and loan account:
  As of year-end...................  $ 8,101  3.62%  $ 3,349  5.15%  $ 2,908  3.65%
  Average balance..................    3,105  3.88     2,807  4.08     2,346  2.69
  Maximum month-end................    8,101   --      6,615   --      5,577   --
 
Commercial repurchase agreements:
  As of year-end...................  $10,118  3.19%  $ 9,361  4.20%  $12,089  3.14%
  Average balance..................   10,750  3.53    12,863  3.71    10,752  3.79
  Maximum month-end................   13,413   --     14,695   --     14,934   --
 
FHLB borrowings and other:
  As of year-end...................  $ 5,000  3.61%  $ 5,000  6.05%  $  --     -- %
  Average balance..................       41  5.78        69  5.95      --     --
  Maximum month-end................    5,000   --      5,000   --       --     --
</TABLE>

                    On March 15, 1996, the Company executed a note payable for
                    $8.0 million to finance a portion of the Kentucky
                    acquisition. The 7.7% note is scheduled to be paid annually
                    over ten years. The loan will reprice only at its five year
                    anniversary date at a 200 basis point differential over the
                    five year Treasury Note at that date.

                    ASSET/LIABILITY MATURITY AND RATE SENSITIVITY

                    Asset and liability management is the planning,
                    implementation, and risk control processes for determining
                    asset pricing and mix and targeted liability maturities in
                    such a way that net interest margin will be maximized and
                    interest rate risk will be adequately managed. A major
                    subprocess is gap management of the Company's interest
                    sensitive assets to interest sensitive liabilities.

                    The matching of assets and liabilities involves estimating
                    the extent to which such assets and liabilities are
                    "interest rate sensitive" and monitoring the Company's
                    interest rate sensitivity "gap." An asset or liability is
                    said to be interest rate sensitive within a specific time
                    period if it will mature or reprice within that time period.
                    The interest rate sensitivity gap is defined as the
                    difference between the amount of interest earning assets
                    maturing or repricing and the amount of interest bearing
                    liabilities maturing or repricing within a specific time
                    period. A gap is considered positive when the amount of
                    interest rate sensitive assets exceeds the amount of
                    interest rate sensitive liabilities. A gap is considered
                    negative when the amount of interest rate sensitive
                    liabilities exceeds the amount of interest sensitive assets.
                    During a period of rising interest rates, a negative gap
                    would be expected to adversely affect net interest income
                    while a positive gap would be expected to result in an
                    increase in net interest income. During a period of falling
                    rates, a negative gap would be expected to result in an
                    increase in net interest income while a positive gap would
                    be expected to adversely affect net interest income.

                    The Company is liability sensitive in the one year and under
                    category, or "negatively gapped." Accordingly, a decrease in
                    interest rates will benefit the Company while an increase in
                    interest rates will exert pressure on the net interest
                    margin. The earnings of the Company are sufficient to
                    withstand the short-term negative gap position should a
                    moderate increase in interest rates occur. Should a large
                    rate increase occur, management would consider liquidating
                    available-for-sale investments and loans or borrowings from
                    FHLB. These proceeds would be placed in higher yielding
                    short-term investments.

                    The Company recognizes the exposure that exists from the
                    concentration of large jumbo certificates of deposit, and as
                    part of the asset/liability policy matches both rates and
                    maturities to minimize interest rate and liquidity risk. In
                    addition, management estimates, 

                                       24
<PAGE>
 
Matewan BancShares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                    based upon history, that a major portion of the transaction
                    accounts have attributes of core deposits and, therefore,
                    are not extremely interest sensitive.

                    The following table sets forth the amount of interest
                    earning assets and interest bearing liabilities at December
                    31, 1996, distributed on the basis of contractual maturities
                    and/or scheduled rate adjustments in the periods of time
                    designated.

Table X - Asset and Liability Maturity and Rate Sensitivity
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Dollars in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            0-90       91-180     181-365      Total        1-5       Over
                                            Days        Days        Days       1 Year      Years     5 Years    Total
                                          ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
<S>                                       <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>       <C>
Earning assets:
  Loans.................................  $  99,581   $  26,068   $  25,028   $ 150,677   $193,581   $33,838   $378,096
  Investments...........................     13,247       2,022       6,732      22,001    101,942    24,037    147,980
  Interest-bearing deposits.............      6,034         --          --        6,034        --       --        6,034
  Federal funds sold and other..........     28,928         --          --       28,928        --       --       28,928
                                           ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Total earning assets....................    147,790      28,090      31,760     207,640    295,523    57,875    561,038
 
Interest bearing liabilities:
  Savings and transaction accounts......    148,680         --          --      148,680        --       --      148,680
  CD's $100,000 and over................     23,441      14,274      27,724      65,439     37,790      --      103,229
  Other time............................     57,811      36,900      39,962     134,673     57,592       670    192,935
                                           ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Total deposits..........................    229,932      51,174      67,686     348,792     95,382       670    444,844
  Other borrowings......................     22,969         153         676      23,798      3,912     3,088     30,798
                                           ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Total interest bearing liabilities......    252,901      51,327      68,362     372,590     99,294     3,758    475,642
                                          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest sensitivity GAP................  $(105,111)  $ (23,237)  $ (36,602)  $(164,950)  $196,229   $54,117   $ 85,396
                                          =============================================================================
Cumulative GAP..........................  $(105,111)  $(128,348)  $(164,950)  $(164,950)  $ 31,279   $85,396   $ 85,396
                                          =============================================================================
Cumulative GAP as a percentage of total
 earning assets.........................    (18.74)%    (22.88)%    (29.40)%    (29.40)%      5.58%    15.22%     15.22%
                                          =============================================================================
</TABLE>

  [GRAPH OF         The Company does not manage its interest rate risk simply by
  Interest          employing static maturity and repricing reports. The Company
 Sensitivity        employs a dynamic modeling process that projects the impact
    Gap]            of different interest rate scenarios on earnings and return
                    on assets over a twelve month period. A substantial portion
                    of the Company's loans and deposits comes from its retail
                    base and does not automatically reprice on a contractual
                    basis in reaction to changing interest rate levels.
                    Accordingly, the Company has not experienced the earnings
                    volatility indicated by its liability sensitive gap position
                    depicted above. The Company has maintained a net interest
                    margin in excess of 5.00% in each of the last seven years
                    and has been able to maintain adequate liquidity to provide
                    for changes in interest rates and for changes in loan and
                    deposit demands.

                    The earnings simulation models that the Company employs
                    incorporate assumptions based on historical experiences
                    involving customer behavior and funds disintermediation in a
                    variety of interest rate environments. They also reflect the
                    Company's pricing position versus both local in-market
                    competition and broader out-of-market alternatives.

                    LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

                    Liquidity is the ability to satisfy demand for deposit
                    withdrawals, lending commitments, and other needs. The
                    Company's liquidity is based on a stable deposit base.
                    Additionally, the Company holds certain liquid assets such
                    as cash and federal funds sold to help meet certain
                    liquidity needs. The Company also holds other marketable
                    assets which can easily be converted to cash if the need
                    arises. The Company continues to have the ability to attract
                    short-term sources of funds such as repurchase agreements to
                    help meet its liquidity needs.

                    The Bank maintains membership in the FHLB of Pittsburgh.
                    This membership has had two significant benefits for the
                    Company. First, from an investment perspective, the equity
                    position 

                                       25
<PAGE>
 
Matewan BancShares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                    in FHLB will provide a strong and steady source of
                    dividend income. Second, membership in FHLB of Pittsburgh
                    improves the Company's ability to manage liquidity via
                    access to an immediate line of credit and other sources of
                    borrowings.

                    FSB maintains membership in the FHLB of Cincinnati. FSB's
                    charter under the Office of Thrift Supervision and
                    consequent status as a Qualified Thrift Lender mandated this
                    investment, but it will derive essentially the same benefits
                    in terms of income, liquidity, and asset/liability
                    management as those of the Bank.

                    In November of 1996, Kentucky filed an application to
                    acquire membership in the Federal Home Bank "FHLB" of
                    Cincinnati. At December 31, 1996, Kentucky's application was
                    still pending. Approval of the application would bring
                    Kentucky into conformance with the Company's overall
                    asset/liability management policies and practices and
                    provide it with virtually the same benefits as those
                    realized by the Bank and FSB via its FHLB investment.

                    The Company's cash and cash equivalents, represented by cash
                    and due from banks, interest bearing deposits in other
                    banks, and federal funds sold, are a product of its
                    operating, investing, and financing activities. Cash and
                    cash equivalents from operating activities have remained
                    relatively stable and approximated $10.9 million, $6.2
                    million, and $8.2 million in 1996, 1995, and 1994. Net cash
                    used in investing activities approximated $26.6 million,
                    $12.6 million, and $33.4 million in 1996, 1995, and 1994.
                    The net cash used in investing activities primarily relates
                    to the funding of loans, net of investment portfolio
                    activity. Net cash provided by financing activities
                    approximated $33.6 million, $25.1 million, and $21.7 million
                    in 1996, 1995, and 1994. In 1996, the net cash provided by
                    financing activities was due to increases in deposits and
                    short-term borrowings, normal operations of the Company, and
                    proceeds from long-term borrowings and the preferred stock
                    offering which were used to purchase Kentucky. In 1995 and
                    1994, the net cash provided by financing activities was
                    primarily due to increases in deposits.

                    A central principle in the Company's capital planning
                    process is to attain sufficiently high levels of
                    profitability to insure that capital adequacy is maintained
                    while generating a consistent flow of dividends. In December
                    1992 provisions of the FDIC Improvement Act of 1991 (the
                    "Act") related to measurement and monitoring of capital
                    levels became effective. It also mandated minimum levels of
                    capital required for an institution to be rated on the basis
                    of capital. Under final agency rules, an institution will be
                    deemed to be "well capitalized," the highest rating
                    attainable, if it maintains (i) Total Capital to Risk
                    Weighted Assets in excess of 10%, (ii) Tier One Capital to
                    Risk Weighted Assets in excess of 6%, and (iii) Tier One
                    Capital to Average Assets in excess of 5%. Following are
                    these ratios for the Company and its two significant
                    subsidiaries:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    Matewan
                                             Matewan      Matewan   National      To Be
                                           BancShares,   National     Bank/        Well
                                               Inc.        Bank     Kentucky   Capitalized
                                           -----------------------------------------------
<S>                                        <C>           <C>        <C>        <C>
Total Capital to Risk Weighted Assets.....   15.63%       14.86%     17.87%      10.00%
Tier One Capital to Risk Weighted Assets..   13.87        13.80      16.62        6.00
Tier One Capital to Average Assets........    9.64         9.29      12.50        5.00
</TABLE>

 [GRAPH OF          All measures are substantially in excess of the levels to
Capital Ratios]     remain a well capitalized institution. The chart to the left
                    depicts the levels of the Company's three major regulatory
                    capital ratios for each of the last five years, as well as
                    the minimum level required for each ratio to maintain status
                    as a "well capitalized" institution. In every year, the
                    Company has substantially exceeded the minimum regulatory
                    capital standards required to merit "well capitalized"
                    status. Increases in capital levels in the past several
                    years have been primarily due to the accumulation of income
                    retained after the payment of dividends.

                    On March 4, 1996, the Company completed a stock offering of
                    805 thousand shares of a new class of 7.5% Cumulative
                    Convertible Preferred Stock, Series A, resulting in a net
                    capital 

                                       26
<PAGE>
 
Matewan BancShares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  [GRAPH OF         infusion of approximately $18.396 million. This new
Net Interest        class of stock may not be converted for four years.
  Margin]
                    RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

                    NET INTEREST INCOME

                    Net interest income, the amount by which the interest
                    generated from earning assets exceeds the expense associated
                    with funding those assets, is the most significant component
                    of net income. Net interest income in 1996 was $27.5
                    million, up approximately 39% from the 1995 level.
                    Approximately $7.0 million or 91% of the increase was a
                    direct function of the Kentucky acquisition. Net interest
                    margin in 1996 was approximately 29 basis points lower than
                    1995. A twenty-one basis point decline in yield on average
                    assets accounted for most of the drop. Loan yields suffered
                    the biggest declines, with the overall yield on the loan
                    portfolio falling 66 basis points from 1995. Cost of funds
                    increased one basis point over prior year levels. Kentucky
                    had a beneficial effect on overall cost of funds. Without
                    the acquisition, cost of funds would have increased 8 basis
                    points.

                    Net interest income for 1995 was $19.8 million, a 10%
                    increase over the prior year. The most significant portion
                    of this increase came from loan yields, which increased 81
                    basis points in 1995 over 1994. Cost of funds increased 50
                    basis points over the same period. Despite generally
                    decreasing interest rates in the credit markets in 1995 and
                    the Company's liability-sensitive position in the under one
                    year period, the Company actually experienced higher costs
                    on most categories of interest-bearing liabilities. Most of
                    this was a consequence of 1994 deposit pricing decisions
                    intended to extend the term of the deposit portfolio and the
                    carryover effect realized in 1995. Time deposits experienced
                    the most significant increase over the prior year period.

                    During 1996, interest income increased approximately 43.0%
                    over prior year levels. Kentucky accounted for 84.5% of the
                    increase. The remainder of the increase was from the loan
                    portfolio (ignoring the effect from Kentucky) of
                    approximately 8.4% higher than prior year levels. Average
                    loans outstanding without the Kentucky contribution
                    increased 9.4% in 1996 over 1995. Average investment
                    securities volumes increased less than 1% from the prior
                    year when the Kentucky effect is ignored. From this
                    combination, investment income increased approximately 2.5%
                    from prior period levels. Average federal funds sold
                    decreased 15.3% and interest earned on federal funds sold
                    increased 19.8% in 1995. Substantially lower levels for
                    average interest bearing deposits in other banks resulted in
                    a reduction of approximately 73.0% in interest income in
                    1995 from the prior year.

                    During 1995, interest income increased approximately 13.7%
                    over prior year levels. This increase was primarily from the
                    loan portfolio, which contributed approximately 17.4% more
                    than prior year levels. Average loans outstanding increased
                    9.1% in 1995 over 1994 and the yield on this portfolio
                    increased 81 basis points over the same period. Average
                    investment securities volume increased as the yields
                    realized on the investment portfolio decreased 7 basis
                    points in 1995 from 1994. From this combination, investment
                    income increased approximately 2.5% from prior period
                    levels. Average federal funds sold decreased 15.3% and
                    interest earned on federal funds sold increased 19.8% in
                    1995. Substantially lower levels for average interest
                    bearing deposits resulted in a reduction of approximately
                    73.0% in interest income in 1995 from the prior year.

                    Interest expense increased $6.2 million, or 49.2% in 1996
                    after increasing 19.9% in 1995. Approximately $4.8 million,
                    or 77.6% of the increase, was attributable to Kentucky.
                    Average interest bearing liabilities increased approximately
                    48.8% in 1996 after experiencing a 6.3% increase in 1995.
                    Approximately 85.7% of the increase in 1996 was a function
                    of the Kentucky acquisition. The increase in interest
                    expense is due to Kentucky acquisition, significant growth
                    in interest bearing liability volumes in normal core
                    markets, and a minor (1 basis point) increase in cost of
                    interest-bearing funds for 1996.

                    Interest expense increased 19.9% in 1995 after increasing
                    7.9% in 1994. Average interest bearing liabilities increased
                    approximately 6.3% in 1995 after experiencing a 9.0%
                    increase 

                                       27
<PAGE>
 
Matewan BancShares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                    in 1994. The increase in interest expense is due to
                    both the significant growth in interest bearing liability
                    volumes and a 50 basis point increase in cost of funds for
                    1995.

                    The Company experienced a decrease in net interest margin in
                    1996 of approximately 29 basis points. The net yield on
                    earning assets in 1996 was 5.49% as compared to 5.78% in
                    1995. A 21 basis point decrease in the yield on average
                    earning assets combined with a 1 basis point increase in the
                    cost of average interest bearing liabilities was the reason
                    for the decrease. The decrease was caused primarily by the
                    Kentucky acquisition. Average non-interest bearing deposits,
                    traditionally a source of low cost funds, increased 44.6%
                    from 1995. Kentucky was responsible for 87.1% of the
                    increase. The net interest margin in 1995 was 5.78% as
                    compared to 5.53% in 1994. This increase was the result of
                    an increasing yield on average earning assets of 69 basis
                    points outpacing a 50 basis point increase in the cost of
                    interest bearing liabilities.

                    As the graph of Net Interest Margin at the beginning of this
                    section illustrates, the Company's net interest margin has
                    not fluctuated substantially since 1992. Further discussion
                    of net interest income or its components is included in the
                    sections titled "Summary Financial Results" or "Financial
                    Condition."

Table XI - Volume Analysis of Changes in Interest Income and Expense
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Dollars in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           1996 vs. 1995               1995 vs. 1994
                                                                        Increase (Decrease)         Increase (Decrease)
                                           Interest Income/Expense        Due to Change In           Due to Change In
                                           1996     1995     1994    Volume     Rate     Total   Volume    Rate     Total
                                          ------------------------- --------------------------- -------------------------
<S>                                       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Earning assets:
  Loans:
    Commercial..........................  $10,158  $ 6,851  $ 6,168  $ 3,215  $    92   $ 3,307  $   (9)  $  692   $  683
    Real estate.........................   13,403    8,470    7,023    5,097     (164)    4,933   1,098      349    1,447
    Consumer............................   13,022   10,003    8,371    4,517   (1,498)    3,019   1,042      590    1,632
                                          ------------------------- --------------------------- -------------------------
Total loans.............................   36,583   25,324   21,562   12,829   (1,570)   11,259   2,131    1,631    3,762
  Securities:
    Taxable.............................    8,248    6,272    6,205    1,620      356     1,976     141      (74)      67
    Tax-exempt..........................      419      146       58      291      (18)      273      92       (4)      88
                                          ------------------------- --------------------------- -------------------------
Total securities........................    8,667    6,418    6,263    1,911      338     2,249     233      (78)     155
  Federal funds sold....................      994      660      551      371      (37)      334     (93)     202      109
  Interest bearing balances with other
   banks................................      140       40      148      109       (9)      100    (153)      45     (108)
                                          ------------------------- --------------------------- -------------------------
Total earning assets....................   46,384   32,442   28,524   15,220   (1,278)   13,942   2,118    1,800    3,918
 
Interest bearing liabilities:
  Demand deposits.......................    2,217    1,185    1,142      942       90     1,032      28       15       43
  Savings deposits......................    2,321    1,770    1,817      745     (194)      551       5      (52)     (47)
  Time deposits.........................   13,337    9,112    7,137    4,097      128     4,225     597    1,378    1,975
  Borrowed funds........................      994      577      447      297      120       417     100       30      130
                                          ------------------------- --------------------------- -------------------------
Total interest bearing liabilities......   18,869   12,644   10,543    6,081      144     6,225     730    1,371    2,101
                                          ------------------------- --------------------------- -------------------------
Net interest income.....................  $27,515  $19,798  $17,981  $ 9,139  $(1,422)  $ 7,717  $1,388   $  429   $1,817
                                          ========================= =========================== =========================
</TABLE>

                    The change in interest due to both volume and rate has been
                    allocated to volume and rate changes in proportion to the
                    relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the change in
                    each.

                                       28
<PAGE>
 
Matewan BancShares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                    OTHER INCOME

Table XII - Other Income
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Dollars in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       Increase (Decrease)
                                                                 1996 Over 1995     1995 Over 1994
                                          1996    1995    1994  Amount   Percent   Amount   Percent
                                        ---------------------- ------------------ ------------------
<S>                                     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>
 
Service fees..........................  $3,011  $2,050  $1,624  $  961     46.88%   $ 426     26.23%
Other income..........................     839     596     371     243     40.77      225     60.65
Commissions on credit life insurance..     484     553     690     (69)   (12.48)    (137)   (19.86)
Gain on sale of assets................     365     103     117     262    254.37      (14)    11.97
                                        ---------------------- ------------------ ------------------
Total other income....................  $4,699  $3,302  $2,802  $1,397     42.31%   $ 500     17.84%
                                        ====================== ================== =================
</TABLE>

                    Non-interest income increased approximately 42% in 1996 over
 [GRAPH OF          1995 levels. Kentucky contributions accounted for 66% of the
Non-interest        increase. For 1996, service fee income increased
  Income]           approximately 47% due to increased volumes attendant with
                    the growth experienced by the Company on deposit levels.
                    Kentucky activity accounted for 53% of the increase. Other
                    income increased approximately 41% in 1996. Kentucky
                    accounted for most of the increase. Commission income on
                    credit insurance products decreased approximately 12% in
                    1996. High loss experiences by the Company's credit
                    insurance underwriters resulted in the underwriters'
                    companies tightening eligibility standards for policies
                    issued in the Company's market area in both 1996 and 1995
                    and sales volume declined accordingly. Gain on sale of
                    assets increased more than twofold due to higher gains
                    realized on the sale of repossessed properties and some
                    nonrecurring sales related to residuals on maturing lease
                    receivables.

                    Non-interest income increased approximately 18% in 1995 over
                    1994 levels. For 1995, service fee income increased
                    approximately 26% due to both increased volumes attendant
                    with the growth experienced by the Company on deposit levels
                    and higher service charges enacted in 1995 on demand
                    deposits. Other income increased approximately 61% in 1995,
                    with most of the gain attributable to sales by the Company's
                    financial services division. Commission income on credit
                    insurance products decreased approximately 20% in 1995 for
                    the same reasons enumerated above. Gain on sale of assets
                    increased more than twofold due to some heavy gains realized
                    on the sale of repossessed properties.

                    OTHER EXPENSES

Table XIII - Other Expenses
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Dollars in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  Increase (Decrease)
                                                           1996 over 1995     1995 over 1994
                                1996      1995     1994  Amount   Percent   Amount   Percent
                               ------------------------- ------------------ -----------------
<S>                            <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>
 
Salaries and benefits........  $ 7,877  $ 5,776  $ 4,991  $2,101     36.37%  $  785     15.73%
Net occupancy................    1,254      954      626     300     31.45      328     52.40
Equipment and furniture......    1,114      811      783     303     37.36       28      3.58
Advertising..................      852      708      543     144     20.34      165     30.39
Regulatory assessments.......      206      480      757    (274)   (57.08)    (277)   (36.59)
Data processing expense......    1,121      563      200     558     99.11      363    181.50
Other........................    6,676    3,697    3,359   2,979     80.58      338     10.06
                               ------------------------- ------------------ -----------------
                               $19,100  $12,989  $11,259  $6,111     47.05%  $1,730     15.37%
                               ========================= ================== =================
</TABLE>

                    Total noninterest expense increased approximately 47% in
                    1996 from 1995 and approximately 15% in 1995 from 1994. The
                    increase for 1996 is attributable to several factors. The
                    conversion and subsequent consolidation of Kentucky
                    accounted for approximately 70% of the increase. In
                    addition, FSB opened four additional offices in 1996, none
                    of which are in the stage where the revenue generated is
                    sufficient to cover operating costs. Consequently most
                    measures of overhead for the Company are high by historical

                                       29
<PAGE>
 
Matewan BancShares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   [GRAPH OF        standards. The ratio of noninterest expense to average
  Non-interest      assets decreased from 3.43% in 1995 to 3.40% in 1996. The
   Expense]         same ratio increased to 3.43% from 3.14% in 1995 from 1994.

                    The ability of the Company to maintain satisfactory profit
                    margins is becoming increasingly dependent on its ability to
                    control noninterest expenses. Increasing pressure on
                    interest spreads would tend to place heavier reliance on
                    maintaining control of these noninterest expenses.
                    Increasing competitive pressures would tend to provide a
                    greater incentive for a company to leverage these expenses
                    over a wider range of business - maximizing the efficiency
                    of such expenses. The "efficiency ratio" is determined by
                    dividing the total noninterest expenses by the sum of net
                    interest income and noninterest income. Generally, a ratio
                    of below 50% is indicative of an extremely efficient
                    operation. For the past three years, the Company has
                    witnessed an increase in its efficiency ratio from 54.2% in
                    1994 to 56.2% in 1995 to 59.3% in 1996. The increasing trend
                    is largely a function of increased costs related to the
                    acquisition and absorption of Kentucky, increased data
                    processing costs incurred to penetrate new markets, the
                    start-up of FSB, and subsequent opening of nine new offices
                    Company-wide in the last three years. Even with the
                    increases, which management views as a nonrecurring
                    aberration, the Company would compare favorably with its
                    peer group on efficiency ratio measures.

   [GRAPH OF        Salaries and benefits increased approximately $2.1 million
Efficiency Ratio]   (36%) in 1996 after increasing approximately $785 thousand
                    (15%) in 1995. Approximately 79% of the 1996 increase was
                    attributable to Kentucky. Staffing expenses related to FSB
                    and the new offices, increasing health-care expenses, and
                    normal salary increases were other reasons for the
                    increases.

                    Net occupancy expenses increased approximately $300 thousand
                    (31%) and $328 thousand (52%) in 1996 and 1995,
                    respectively. Kentucky was accountable for approximately 64%
                    of the increase. Capital expenditures related to the new
                    offices opened by FSB were the other major items involved in
                    the increase.

                    Advertising costs fluctuate with management's evaluation of
                    the benefit to be gained from additional media exposure.
                    Management determined that additional advertising would be
                    beneficial, leading to increases of $144 thousand (20%) and
                    $165 thousand (30%) for 1996 and 1995, respectively.
                    Kentucky was responsible for 65% of the increase in 1996.

                    Equipment and furniture expense increased approximately $303
                    thousand (37%) from 1995 to 1996 and approximately $28
                    thousand (4%) from 1994 to 1995. Kentucky accounted for 76%
                    of the increases in 1996. Capital expenditures related to
                    the office openings account for most of the rest of the
                    increase experienced in 1996.

                    Premiums and assessments of Federal Deposit Insurance
                    Corporation, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency,
                    and the Office of Thrift Supervision decreased approximately
                    $274 thousand (37%) in 1996 after decreasing approximately
                    $277 thousand (37%) in 1995. Nominal insurance assessments
                    for the BIF-insured institutions accounted for much of the
                    lower expense in 1996. For 1996, the Bank and Kentucky each
                    paid an annual assessment of $2 thousand. FSB, as a SAIF-
                    insured institution, incurred no such 1996 relief. FSB did
                    incur an exemption to the one-time special assessment levied
                    against SAIF insured institutions in 1996 that would have
                    otherwise resulted in an assessment of approximately $146
                    thousand. The negative impact of the exemption is that
                    exempt institutions will incur no rate relief for the next
                    two and one-half years, paying instead the SAIF insurance
                    rates that were in effect on June 30, 1995. Exempt
                    institutions may elect to pay the special assessment in 1997
                    after one semiannual assessment period has passed and then
                    be assessed at the lower prevalent SAIF rate on an ongoing
                    basis. Management has determined that it would be
                    advantageous to elect to pay the special assessment.
                    Accordingly, FSB will incur an additional $147 thousand in
                    regulatory assessments in 1997.

                    Data processing expense increased approximately $558
                    thousand, approximately 99% in 1996. Kentucky acquisition,
                    conversion, and consolidation account for most of the
                    increase. Expenses in 1995 increased approximately $363
                    thousand over 1994. The outsourcing of the

                                       30
<PAGE>
 
Matewan BancShares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                    Company's data processing function to EDS and subsequent
                    conversion were the major reasons.

                    Other expenses increased approximately $2.979 million or 81%
                    in 1996. Kentucky was responsible for approximately 62% of
                    the increase. Generally higher telephone, supplies, and
                    postage expenses accounted for much of the remaining
                    increase.

                    APPLICABLE INCOME TAXES

                    Income tax expense was $3.7 million in 1996, $3.0 million in
                    1995 and $2.9 million in 1994. The Company's effective tax
                    rate for the past three years has been 36.5% for 1996, 36.4%
                    for 1995, and 36.5% for 1994. Management is actively
                    pursuing tax favored investments which carry attractive
                    yields in an attempt to maximize earnings and reduce the
                    Company's effective tax rate.

                    EFFECTS OF CHANGING PRICES

                    The consolidated financial statements and related data
                    included herein have been presented in accordance with
                    generally accepted accounting principles which require the
                    measurement of the Company's financial position and results
                    of operations in terms of historical dollars without
                    considering changes in the relative purchasing power of
                    money over time due to inflation. Virtually all of the
                    Company's assets and liabilities are monetary in nature. As
                    a result, interest rates have a more significant impact on
                    the Company's performance than the effects of general levels
                    of inflation.

                                       31
<PAGE>
 
Matewan BancShares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Report of Independent Auditors
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Matewan BancShares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Matewan
BancShares, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the related
consolidated statements of income, shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each
of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Matewan
BancShares, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the
consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 1996, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.



Charleston, West Virginia                /s/ Ernst & Young LLP
February 28, 1997

                                       32
<PAGE>
 
Matewan BancShares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                              December 31
                                            1996       1995
                                        ---------------------
<S>                                       <C>        <C>
 
Assets
Cash and due from banks.................  $ 29,721   $ 23,881
Interest bearing deposits in other banks     6,034      5,704
Federal funds sold......................    28,928     17,237
                                        ---------------------
 
Cash and cash equivalents...............    64,683     46,822
 
Investment securities:
 Available-for-sale at fair value.......    25,411     32,429
 Held-to-maturity (approximate fair
  value of $122,427 and $73,839 at         122,569     73,299
  December 31, 1996 and 1995)...........
Loans, net..............................   370,801    228,568
Premises and equipment..................    20,871      9,692
Accrued interest receivable and other       22,851     10,224
 assets.................................
                                        ---------------------
Total assets............................  $627,186   $401,034
                                        =====================
 
Liabilities and shareholders' equity
Liabilities:
 Deposits:
  Non-interest bearing..................  $ 78,464   $ 44,917
  Interest bearing......................   444,844    289,470
                                        ---------------------
 
Total deposits..........................   523,308    334,387
 
Short-term borrowings:
 Repurchase agreements..................    10,118      9,361
 Federal Home Loan Bank advances........     5,000      5,000
 Other..................................     8,101      3,349
Long-term borrowings....................     7,579         --
Accrued interest payable and other           5,502      3,120
 liabilities............................
                                        ---------------------
 
Total liabilities.......................   559,608    355,217
 
Shareholders' equity:
 Convertible preferred stock, Series A,
  7.5%--$1 par value; 1,000,000 shares         805         --
  authorized; 805,000 issued and
  outstanding at December 31, 1996
  ($20,125 aggregate liquidation value)
 Common stock--$1 par value; 10,000,000
  shares authorized; 3,684,104 shares        3,684      3,684
  issued, including 23,953 and 16,753
  shares in treasury at December 31,
  1996 and 1995.........................
 
 Capital surplus........................    29,773     12,182
 Retained earnings......................    33,590     29,976
 Treasury stock at cost.................      (206)       (78)
 Net unrealized (loss) gain on                 (68)        53
  available-for-sale securities, net of
  deferred taxes........................
                                        ---------------------
Total shareholders' equity..............    67,578     45,817
                                        ---------------------
Total liabilities and shareholders'       $627,186   $401,034
 equity.................................
                                        =====================
</TABLE>

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                       33
<PAGE>
 
Matewan BancShares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Income
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           Year Ended December 31
                                           1996     1995     1994
                                        ---------------------------
<S>                                       <C>      <C>      <C>
Interest income:
 Interest and fees on loans.............  $36,583  $25,324  $21,562
 Interest and dividends on investment
  securities:
  Taxable...............................    8,248    6,272    6,205
  Tax-exempt............................      419      146       58
 Federal funds sold and other...........    1,134      700      699
                                        ---------------------------
 
Total interest income...................   46,384   32,442   28,524
 
Interest expense:
 Deposits...............................   17,875   12,067   10,096
 Short and long-term borrowings.........      994      577      447
                                        ---------------------------
Total interest expense..................   18,869   12,644   10,543
                                        ---------------------------
 
Net interest income.....................   27,515   19,798   17,981
Provision for loan losses...............    2,945    1,908    1,643
                                        ---------------------------
 
Net interest income after provision for 
 loan losses............................   24,570   17,890   16,338
 
Other income:
 Service charges and fees...............    3,011    2,050    1,624
 Credit life insurance commissions......      484      553      690
 Other..................................    1,204      699      488
                                        ---------------------------
 
Total other income......................    4,699    3,302    2,802
 
Other expenses:
 Salaries and employee benefits.........    7,877    5,776    4,991
 Net occupancy..........................    1,254      954      626
 Equipment..............................    1,114      811      783
 Outside data processing................    1,121      563      200
 Advertising............................      852      708      543
 Federal deposit insurance and          
  regulatory assessments................      206      480      757
 Other..................................    6,676    3,697    3,359
                                        ---------------------------
Total other expenses....................   19,100   12,989   11,259
                                        ---------------------------
 
Income before income taxes..............   10,169    8,203    7,881
Applicable income taxes.................    3,707    2,983    2,876
                                        ---------------------------
Net income..............................    6,462    5,220    5,005
Preferred stock dividends...............    1,236      --        --
                                        ---------------------------
Net income available to common          
 shareholders...........................  $ 5,226  $ 5,220  $ 5,005
                                        ===========================
Net income per common share.............    $1.43    $1.42    $1.36
                                        ===========================
Average common shares outstanding (in   
 thousands).............................    3,664    3,668    3,668
                                        ===========================
 
</TABLE>

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                       34
<PAGE>
 
Matewan BancShares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 Net
                                                                                             Unrealized
                                                                                             Gain (Loss)
                                                                                                 on
                                                                                             Available-
                                          Preferred  Common  Capital   Retained   Treasury    for-Sale
                                            Stock    Stock   Surplus   Earnings     Stock    Securities    Total
                                        -------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
<S>                                       <C>        <C>     <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>
Balances at January 1, 1994.............  $  --      $  837  $ 8,972    $28,322      $ (30)       $ (69)  $38,032
 Adjustment to beginning balance for
  change in accounting method, net of
  deferred income taxes.................     --          --       --        --          --          127       127
 Net income - 1994......................     --          --       --      5,005         --           --     5,005
 Dividends on common stock ($.31 per
  share)................................     --          --       --     (1,142)        --           --    (1,142)
 Four-for-one stock split in the form
  of a 300% stock dividend..............     --       2,512   (2,512)       --          --           --        --
 Change in net unrealized loss on
  available-for-sale securities, net of
  deferred income taxes.................     --          --       --        --          --         (201)     (201)
 Acquisition of 1,000 treasury shares...     --          --       --        --         (18)          --       (18)
                                        -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balances at December 31, 1994...........     --       3,349    6,460     32,185        (48)        (143)   41,803
 Net income - 1995......................     --          --       --      5,220         --           --     5,220
 Dividends on common stock ($.38 per
  share)................................     --          --      --      (1,400)        --           --    (1,400)
 
 Common stock dividend (10%)............     --         335    5,691     (6,026)        --           --        -- 
 Cash paid on fractional shares.........     --          --      --          (3)        --           --        (3)
 Change in net unrealized gain on
  available-for-sale securities, net of
  deferred income taxes.................     --          --      --          --         --          196       196
 Acquisition of 2,800 treasury shares...     --          --      --          --        (56)          --       (56)
 Sale of 3,300 treasury shares..........     --          --       31         --         26           --        57
                                        -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balances at December 31, 1995...........     --       3,684   12,182     29,976        (78)          53    45,817
 Net income - 1996......................     --          --       --      6,462         --           --     6,462
 Dividends on common stock ($.44 per
  share)................................     --          --       --     (1,612)        --           --    (1,612)
 Issuance of preferred stock (805,000
  shares)...............................        805      --   17,591         --         --           --    18,396
 Dividends on preferred stock ($1.54
  per share)............................     --          --       --     (1,236)        --           --    (1,236)
 Change in net unrealized loss on
  available-for-sale securities, net of
  deferred income taxes.................     --          --       --         --         --         (121)     (121)
 Acquisition of 7,200 treasury shares...     --          --       --         --       (128)          --      (128)
                                        -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balances at December 31, 1996...........       $805  $3,684  $29,773    $33,590      $(206)       $ (68)  $67,578
                                        =========================================================================
 </TABLE>

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                       35
<PAGE>
 
Matewan BancShares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Dollars in Thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
<S>                                       <C>        <C>        <C>
 
                                              Year Ended December 31
                                              1996       1995       1994
                                        --------------------------------
 
Operating activities
Net income..............................  $  6,462   $  5,220   $  5,005
Adjustments to reconcile net income to
 net cash provided by operating
 activities:
 Depreciation...........................     1,100        760        658
 Amortization...........................     1,125        508        547
 Provision for loan losses..............     2,945      1,908      1,643
 Deferred income taxes..................       243         70        140
 Gain on sale of premises and equipment.        --       (103)      (117)
 Net change in accrued interest         
  receivable and other assets...........      (825)    (1,354)    (1,432)
 Net change in accrued interest payable 
  and other liabilities.................      (181)      (843)     1,790
                                        --------------------------------
 
Net cash provided by operating          
 activities.............................    10,869      6,166      8,234
 
Investing activities
Proceeds from maturities of             
 available-for-sale securities..........    21,275      7,925     25,937
Purchases of available-for-sale         
 securities.............................   (12,130)   (12,800)    (5,971)
Proceeds from maturities of             
 held-to-maturity securities............    39,794     47,360     10,000
Purchases of held-to-maturity securities   (76,915)   (38,236)   (40,680)
Net change in loans.....................   (12,741)   (15,732)   (20,535)
Purchases of premises and equipment.....    (1,704)    (1,371)    (2,346)
Proceeds from the sale of premises and  
 equipment..............................        --        274        187
Net cash received in acquisition of     
 subsidiary.............................    15,822         --         --
                                        --------------------------------
 
Net cash used in investing activities...   (26,599)   (12,580)   (33,408)
 
Financing activities
Net change in deposits..................     5,559     23,740     19,494
Net change in short-term borrowings.....     5,033      2,713      3,407
Proceeds from long-term borrowings......     8,000         --         --
Payments on long-term borrowings........      (421)        --         --
Cash paid on fractional shares from                                  
 stock dividend.........................        --         (3)        --
Cash dividends paid.....................    (2,848)    (1,400)    (1,142)
Proceeds from the sale of preferred         
 stock..................................    18,396         --         --
Purchase of treasury stock..............      (128)       (56)       (18)
Sale of treasury stock..................        --         57         --
                                        --------------------------------
Net cash provided by financing          
 activities.............................    33,591     25,051     21,741
                                        --------------------------------
 
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash    
 equivalents............................    17,861     18,637     (3,433)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning  
 of year................................    46,822     28,185     31,618
                                        --------------------------------
Cash and cash equivalents at
 end of year............................  $ 64,683   $ 46,822   $ 28,185
                                        ================================
 
</TABLE>

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                       36
<PAGE>
 
Matewan BancShares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Dollars in Thousands)

Organization

Matewan BancShares, Inc. (the Company) is a bank holding company with four
financial institution subsidiaries engaged in community banking activities and
providing financial services to individuals and businesses throughout southern
West Virginia, eastern Kentucky, and southwestern Virginia. The Company
considers all of its principal business activities to be banking related.

Principles of Consolidation

The accounting and reporting policies of the Company conform to generally
accepted accounting principles and to general practices within the banking
industry. The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the
accounts of Matewan BancShares, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Matewan
National Bank, Matewan National Bank/Kentucky, Matewan Bank, FSB, and Matewan
Venture Fund, Inc. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have
been eliminated in consolidation. The following is a summary of the more
significant policies.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and
accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

For purposes of the statements of cash flows, the Company considers cash and due
from banks, federal funds sold, and interest-bearing deposits in other banks as
cash and cash equivalents.

Investment Securities

Management determines the appropriate classification of debt securities at the
time of purchase. Debt securities are classified as held-to-maturity when the
Company has the positive intent and ability to hold the securities to maturity.
Held-to-maturity securities are stated at amortized cost.

Debt securities not classified as held-to-maturity and marketable equity
securities are classified as available-for-sale. Available-for-sale securities
are stated at fair value, with the unrealized gains and losses, net of deferred
income taxes, reported in a separate component of shareholders equity. The
Company does not hold investment securities for trading purposes.

The amortized cost of debt securities classified as held-to-maturity or
available-for-sale is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of
discounts to maturity, or in the case of mortgage-backed securities, over the
estimated life of the security. Such amortization is included in interest income
from investments. Realized gains and losses and declines in value judged to be
other-than-temporary are included in net securities gains (losses). The cost of
securities sold is based on the specific identification method.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is established through provisions for loan losses
charged against income. Loans deemed to be uncollectible are charged against the
allowance for loan losses, and subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to
the allowance.

The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level believed adequate by
management to absorb estimated loan losses. Managements periodic evaluation of
the adequacy of the allowance is based on the Company's past loan loss
experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that
may affect the borrowers ability to repay (including the timing of future
payments), the estimated value of any underlying collateral, composition of the
loan portfolio, current economic conditions, and other relevant factors. This
evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates including
the amounts and timing of future cash flows expected to be received on impaired
loans that may be susceptible to significant change.

Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation.
Depreciation expense is computed principally on the straight-line method over
the estimated useful lives of the assets.

                                       37
<PAGE>
 
Matewan BancShares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Intangible Assets

Intangible assets representing the present value of future net income to be
earned from deposits of acquired banks are being amortized on an accelerated
basis over an eight year period, approximating the expected run-off of the
related deposits. The excess of purchase price over the estimated fair value of
net assets acquired, goodwill, is being amortized on a straight-line basis over
a twenty year period. The carrying amount of goodwill is evaluated for
impairment if facts and circumstances suggest that it may be impaired. If this
evaluation indicates that goodwill will not be recoverable, as determined based
on the estimated undiscounted cash flows of the entity acquired over the
remaining amortization period, the carrying amount of goodwill will be reduced.

Income Taxes

Deferred income taxes are provided for temporary differences between the tax
basis of an asset or liability and its reported amount in the financial
statements at the statutory tax rate. The Company and its subsidiaries file
consolidated federal and state income tax returns. Each subsidiary provides for
income taxes on a separate return basis and remits amounts determined to be
currently payable to the Company.

Revenue Recognition

Interest on loans and amortization of unearned income are computed by methods
which generally result in level rates of return on principal amounts
outstanding. Amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts has been
deducted from and added to the related interest income.

The accrual of interest income generally is discontinued when a loan becomes 90
days past due as to principal or interest. When interest accruals are
discontinued, unpaid interest credited to income in the current year is
reversed, and interest accrued in prior years is charged to the allowance for
loan losses. Management may elect to continue the accrual of interest when the
estimated net realizable value of collateral is sufficient to cover the
principal balance and accrued interest, and the loan is in the process of
collection. Interest received on nonaccrual loans generally is either applied
against principal or reported as interest income, according to managements
judgment as to the collectibility of principal. Generally, loans are restored to
accrual status when the obligation becomes current, has performed in accordance
with the contractual terms for a reasonable period of time, and the ultimate
collectibility of the total contractual principal and interest is no longer in
doubt.

Credit life insurance commissions on loans (principally short-term installment
loans) are being recognized as collected. The use of this method of recognition
does not produce results which are materially different from that which would
have been produced if such commissions were deferred and amortized as an
adjustment of loan yield over the life of the related loan.

                                       38
<PAGE>
 
Matewan BancShares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Employee Benefit Plan

The Company has a defined benefit pension plan covering substantially all
employees. Pension costs are actuarially determined and charged to expense. The
Company provides no postemployment or postretirement benefits other than pension
benefits. The Company also provides its employees with a defined contribution
plan and a match of employee contributions to such plan.

Net Income Per Common Share

Net income per common share is computed by dividing net income available to
common shareholders (net income less preferred stock dividends) by the weighted
average number of common shares outstanding during the applicable period.

New Accounting Standard

In June 1996, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Statement
No. 125, "Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and
Extinguishments of Liabilities," which is applicable to the Company effective
January 1, 1997. In October 1996, the FASB agreed to defer the effective date
for one year for the following transactions: securities lending, repurchase
agreements, dollar rolls, and other similar secured transactions. Statement No.
125 establishes standards for determining whether certain transfers of financial
assets should be considered sales of all or part of the assets or as secured
borrowings. Statement No. 125 also establishes standards for settlements of
liabilities through the transfer of assets to a creditor or obtaining an
unconditional release and whether these settlements should prove the debt
extinguished. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material
impact on the Company's financial statements.

2. Acquisition Activity (Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

On March 16, 1996, the Company acquired for cash all of the outstanding common
stock of Bank One, Pikeville, NA (Kentucky) from Banc One Corporation. This
transaction was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting.
Accordingly, the consolidated financial statements include the operations of
Kentucky only from the date of acquisition. The aggregate purchase price was
approximately $29,350, which includes costs of acquisition. The Company financed
this transaction with proceeds from the issuance of convertible preferred stock
of $18,400, long-term debt of $8,000, and available cash of $2,900. The excess
of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of net tangible assets
acquired was allocated to deposit base intangibles of approximately $2,500 which
are being amortized on an accelerated method over eight years, and goodwill of
approximately $8,250 which is being amortized on a straight line method over
twenty years.

The following unaudited pro forma financial information presents a summary of
consolidated results of operations of the Company and Kentucky, adjusted for the
cost of funding, as if the acquisition has occurred at the beginning of each
period presented.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          Year Ended December 31
                                             1996        1995
                                          ----------------------
<S>                                       <C>         <C>
 
Pro forma results of operations
 (unaudited):
 Net interest income....................     $26,270     $27,107
 Net income available to common                5,175       4,195
  shareholders..........................
 Net income per common share............        1.41        1.14
</TABLE>

In management's opinion, the unaudited pro forma combined results of operations
are not indicative of the actual results that would have occurred had the
acquisition been consummated at the beginning of each period presented or of
future operations of the combined companies under the ownership and management
of the Company.

The Company has acquired banks in the current and prior years in acquisitions
accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. The purchase prices were
allocated to the identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired and
liabilities assumed based upon their estimated fair value at the date of
acquisition. Deposit base intangibles, included in other assets in the
consolidated balance sheets, approximated $5,250 and $2,730 at December 31, 1996
and 1995. Accumulated amortization approximated $1,740 and $1,070 at December
31, 1996 and 1995. Goodwill, included in other assets in the consolidated
balance sheets, approximated $8,250 at December 31, 1996. Accumulated
amortization approximated $310 at December 31, 1996. Amortization of deposit
base intangibles and goodwill approximated $980 in 1996, $200 in 1995, and $200
in 1994.

                                       39
<PAGE>
 
Matewan BancShares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. Investment Securities (Dollars in Thousands)

The following is a summary of available-for-sale securities and held-to-maturity
securities:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     December 31, 1996
                                                     -----------------------------------------------
                                                                    Gross        Gross     Estimated
                                                       Amortized  Unrealized  Unrealized     Fair
                                                         Cost       Gains       Losses       Value
                                                     -----------------------------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>        <C>         <C>          <C>
                                        
Available-for-Sale Securities           
U.S. Treasury securities and            
 obligations of                                
 U.S. government agencies......................         $ 18,926        $ 13       $ (15)   $ 18,924
Obligations of states and political            
 subdivisions..................................            3,890          27           -       3,917      
Other securities...............................            2,709           -        (139)      2,570
                                                     -----------------------------------------------
Total..........................................         $ 25,525        $ 40       $(154)   $ 25,411
                                                     ===============================================
                                        
Held-to-Maturity Securities             
U.S. Treasury securities and            
 obligations of                                
 U.S. government agencies......................         $112,910        $346       $(560)   $112,696
Obligations of states and political            
 subdivisions..................................            6,925          69          (6)      6,988      
Other securities...............................            2,734           9           -       2,743
Total..........................................         $122,569        $424       $(566)   $122,427
                                                     ===============================================
                                        
                                                                     December 31, 1995
                                                     -----------------------------------------------
                                                                    Gross       Gross      Estimated
                                                       Amortized  Unrealized  Unrealized     Fair
                                                         Cost       Gains       Losses       Value
                                                     -----------------------------------------------
                                        
Available-for-Sale Securities           
U.S. Treasury securities and            
 obligations of                                
 U.S. government agencies......................         $ 27,832        $181       $ (15)   $ 27,998
Obligations of states and political                  
 subdivisions..................................            2,134          26           -       2,160
Other securities...............................            2,375                    (104)      2,271
                                                     -----------------------------------------------
Total..........................................         $ 32,341        $207       $(119)   $ 32,429
                                                     ===============================================
                                        
Held-to-Maturity Securities             
U.S. Treasury securities and            
 obligations of                                
 U.S. government agencies......................         $ 71,983        $677       $(151)   $ 72,509
Obligations of states and political                  
 subdivisions..................................            1,316          16          (2)      1,330
Total..........................................         $ 73,299        $693       $(153)   $ 73,839
                                                     ===============================================
</TABLE>

On November 15, 1995, the FASB staff issued a Special Report, A Guide to
Implementation of Statement 115 on Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt
and Equity Securities. In accordance with provisions in that Special Report, the
Company chose to reclassify securities from held-to-maturity to available-for-
sale. At the date of transfer, the amortized cost of those securities was
$18,293 and the unrealized gain on those securities was $73 (net of $49 in
deferred income taxes), which is included in shareholders' equity.

The amortized cost and estimated fair values of investment securities at
December 31, 1996, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities
may differ from contractual maturities because the issuers of the securities may
have the right to prepay the obligations without prepayment penalties.

                                       40
<PAGE>
 
Matewan BancShares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             Estimated
                                                  Amortized     Fair
                                                    Cost       Value
                                                ----------------------
<S>                                               <C>        <C>
Available-for-sale                           
Due in one year or less....................        $  9,568   $  9,573
Due after one year through five years......          12,716     12,732
Due after five years through ten years.....             532        535
Due after ten years........................               -          -
Equity securities..........................           2,709      2,571
                                                ----------------------
                                                   $ 25,525   $ 25,411
                                                ======================
                                             
Held-to-maturity                             
Due in one year or less....................        $ 12,428   $ 12,485
Due after one year through five years......          89,210     88,926
Due after five years through ten years.....          13,232     13,246
Due after ten years........................           7,699      7,770
                                                ----------------------
                                                   $122,569   $122,427
                                                ======================
</TABLE>

The Company sold no investment securities during the three years in the period
ended December 31, 1996.
 
At December 31, 1996 and 1995, investment securities with carrying amounts of
$40,500 and $41,300, respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits and
for other purposes.

4. Loans (Dollars in Thousands)
Major classifications of loans are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      December 31
                                                    1996       1995
                                                ---------------------
<S>                                               <C>        <C>
Commercial and financial loans.........           $108,240   $ 63,581
Real estate loans......................            144,693     88,197
Consumer loans.........................            125,163     80,796
                                                ---------------------
                                               
Gross loans............................            378,096    232,574
Less unearned income...................             (1,309)    (1,033)
                                                ---------------------
                                           
Total loans............................            376,787    231,541
Less allowance for loan losses.........             (5,986)    (2,973)
                                                ---------------------
Net loans..............................           $370,801   $228,568
                                                =====================
</TABLE>                                       
                                               
The Company grants commercial and financial, real estate, and consumer loans
primarily to customers in southern West Virginia, eastern Kentucky, and
southwestern Virginia. Although the Company has a diversified loan portfolio, a
substantial portion of its debtors' ability to honor their obligations is either
directly or indirectly dependent upon the coal industry. Substantially all loans
outstanding are collateralized by real estate, equipment, and personal consumer
goods.

The Company's subsidiaries have granted loans to officers and directors of the
Company and its subsidiaries and to their associates. Related party loans were
made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral,
as those prevailing at the same time for comparable transactions with unrelated
persons and do not involve more than normal risk of collectibility.

The following presents the activity with respect to related party loans:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                         <C>
Balance at January 1, 1996..............                      $ 3,392
Loans made..............................                        3,470
Principal collected.....................                       (3,547)
                                                             --------
Balance at December 31, 1996............                      $ 3,315
                                                             ========
</TABLE>

                                       41
<PAGE>
 
Matewan BancShares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

5. Allowance for Loan Losses (Dollars in Thousands)

A summary of changes in the allowance for loan losses follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     1996      1995      1994
                                                -----------------------------
<S>                                               <C>       <C>       <C>                                               
                                            
Balance at beginning of year.........             $ 2,973   $ 2,932   $ 2,961
Loans charged off....................              (3,738)   (2,394)   (2,128)
Loan recoveries......................                 654       527       456
                                                -----------------------------
                                            
Net charge-offs......................              (3,084)   (1,867)   (1,672)
Provision charged to expense.........               2,945     1,908     1,643
Balance of acquired subsidiary.......               3,152         -         -
                                                -----------------------------
Balance at end of year...............             $ 5,986   $ 2,973   $ 2,932
                                                =============================
</TABLE>

At December 31, 1996 and 1995, the recorded investment in loans that are
considered to be impaired was $10,922 and $6,520 (of which $1,733 and $278 were
on a nonaccrual basis). Included in this amount is $1,986 and $863 of impaired
loans for which the related allowance for loan losses is $756 and $274, and
$8,936 and $5,657 of impaired loans that as a result of write-downs or being
well secured do not have an allowance for loan losses. The average recorded
investment in impaired loans during the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995
was approximately $9,525 and $5,713. During the years ended December 31, 1996
and 1995, the Company recognized interest income on impaired loans of $1,225 and
$852, which included $1,225 and $842 of interest income recognized using the
cash basis method of income recognition.

6. Premises and Equipment (Dollars in Thousands)

The major categories of premises and equipment and related accumulated
depreciation are summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                December 31
                                               1996      1995
                                           -------------------
<S>                                          <C>       <C>
Land....................................     $ 4,273   $ 1,900
Buildings and improvements..............      17,683     9,492
Furniture and equipment.................       6,068     4,363
                              
                                              28,024    15,755
Less accumulated depreciation...........      (7,153)   (6,063)
                                           -------------------
                                             $20,871   $ 9,692
                                           ===================
</TABLE>

The Company has entered into noncancelable lease agreements (operating leases)
with respect to certain premises and equipment. The minimum annual rental
commitment under these operating leases is: 1997 - $590; 1998 - $480; 1999 -
$350; 2000 - $285; 2001 - $135; with $1,150 of commitments extending beyond
2001.

Total rent expense, including cancelable and noncancelable leases, net of rental
income of premises, approximated $300, $450, and $380 in 1996, 1995, and 1994.

7. Deposits (Dollars in Thousands)

Included in interest-bearing deposits are various time deposit products. Time
deposits with remaining terms of more than one year at December 31, 1996, have
aggregate maturities of  $200,112 in 1997, $58,152 in 1998, $31,242 in 1999,
$5,988 in 2000, and $670 in 2001. At December 31, 1996 and 1995, time deposits
exceeding $100 approximated $103,229 and $67,786.

At December 31, 1996 and 1995, the Company held deposits from related parties of
$14,100 and $13,950. Interest paid on deposits, short-term borrowings, and long-
term borrowings approximated $18,130, $12,340, and $10,365 in 1996, 1995, and
1994.

8. Short-Term Borrowings (Dollars in Thousands)

Short-term borrowings consist primarily of commercial repurchase agreements,
short-term advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB), and treasury tax and
loan account. The weighted average interest rate on short-term borrowings
approximated 4.04% and 4.92% at December 31, 1996 and 1995.

The Company's banking subsidiaries are members of the FHLB (Pittsburgh and
Cincinnati). One benefit of the banking subsidiaries membership in the FHLB is
the availability of short-term and long-term funding, in the form of
collateralized

                                       42
<PAGE>
 
Matewan BancShares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

advances. The available line of credit at prevailing market interest rates, at
December 31, 1996, approximates $76,000. At December 31, 1996 and 1995, short-
term advances from the FHLB approximated $5,000 at an interest rate of 3.61% and
6.05%.

9. Long-Term Borrowings (Dollars in Thousands)

During 1996, the Company secured $8,000 of long-term borrowings to assist with
funding the acquisition of Kentucky. The long-term borrowing is secured by the
outstanding stock of the Company's primary subsidiary bank and is payable to a
financial institution through April 2006 at an interest rate of 7.7%. At
December 31, 1996, the outstanding balance approximated $7,579 and the Company
has complied with the restrictive covenants in the agreement. The principal is
payable over the next five years as follows: 1997 - $540; 1998 - $630; 1999 -
$680; 2000 - $730; and 2001 - $790.

10. Income Taxes (Dollars in Thousands)

The applicable income tax provision included in the consolidated statements of
income is summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1996    1995    1994
                                                       ------------------------
<S>                                                      <C>     <C>     <C>
Current:                                               
 Federal....................................             $3,116  $2,520  $2,335
 State......................................                348     393     401
                                                       ------------------------
Total current...............................              3,464   2,913   2,736
                                                       
Deferred:                                              
 Federal....................................                227      56     118
 State......................................                 16      14      22
                                                       ------------------------
Total deferred..............................                243      70     140
                                                       ------------------------
Total.......................................             $3,707  $2,983  $2,876
                                                       ========================
</TABLE>

The Company incurred no taxes related to securities transactions during the
three years in the period ended December 31, 1996.

A reconciliation between the amount of reported income tax expense and the
amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to income
before income taxes is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    1996                 1995                  1994
                                                            --------------------  -------------------  ------------------
                                                              Amount   Percent     Amount   Percent      Amount   Percent
                                                            --------------------  -------------------  ------------------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>        <C>
Computed tax at statutory federal rate.................       $3,458      34.0%    $2,789      34.0%     $2,679      34.0%
Plus: State income tax net of federal
 tax benefits..........................................          240       2.4        269       3.3         280       3.6
                                                            --------------------  -------------------  ------------------
                                                               3,698      36.4      3,058      37.3       2,959      37.6
                                                                                                      
Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting
 from:                                                                                                
 Tax-exempt interest...................................         (182)     (1.8)       (65)      (.8)        (34)      (.5)
 Other.................................................          191       1.9        (10)      (.1)        (49)      (.6)
                                                            --------------------  -------------------  ------------------
Actual tax expense.....................                       $3,707      36.5%    $2,983      36.4%     $2,876      36.5%
                                                            ====================  ===================  ==================
</TABLE>

                                       43
<PAGE>
 
Matewan BancShares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities
 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     December 31
                                                                                    1996      1995
                                                                                  -----------------
<S>                                                                               <C>        <C>
Deferred tax assets:
 Allowance for loan losses............................................              $1,705      $647
 Deferred revenue.....................................................                 285       175
 Other liabilities....................................................                 340         -
 Accrued employee benefits............................................                  87        88
 Available-for-sale investments.......................................                  45         -
 Other................................................................                  18        16
                                                                                   -----------------
Total deferred tax assets.............................................               2,480       926
                                                                            
Deferred tax liabilities:                                                   
 Intangible assets....................................................               1,788       353
 Capitalized costs....................................................                 399       140
 Premises and equipment...............................................                 246       183
 Available-for-sale investments.......................................                   -        35
                                                                                   -----------------
Total deferred tax liabilities........................................               2,433       711
                                                                                   -----------------
Net deferred tax assets...............................................              $   47      $215
                                                                                   =================
</TABLE>

Income taxes paid approximated $3,669, $3,775, and $1,825 in 1996, 1995, and
 1994.
 
11. Employee Benefit Plan (Dollars in Thousands)

The Company has a defined benefit pension plan (the Plan) covering substantially
all of its employees. The benefits are based on years of service and the
employee's compensation at the date of retirement. The Company's funding policy
is to contribute annually the maximum amount that can be deducted for federal
income tax purposes. Effective January 1, 1995, the Company amended the benefit
formula of the defined benefit pension plan in conjunction with the formation of
a defined contribution plan.

The following table sets forth the Plan's funded status and amounts recognized
in the Company's consolidated balance sheets at December 31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               1996     1995
                                                                           ------------------
<S>                                                                           <C>      <C>
Projected benefit obligation:                
 Vested benefit obligation..........................................          $2,128   $1,976
 Nonvested benefit obligation.......................................              42       40
                                                                           ------------------
                                             
Accumulated benefit obligation......................................           2,170    2,016
 Effect of estimated future pay increases...........................             120      159
                                                                           ------------------
Projected benefit obligation........................................           2,290    2,175
                                             
Plan assets at fair value...........................................           2,489    2,320
                                                                           ------------------
Projected benefit obligation less than plan assets.................              199      145
                                             
Unrecognized prior service benefit..................................            (447)    (470)
Unrecognized net asset at transition, net of                                    
 amortization.......................................................            (251)    (271)
Unrecognized net loss from past experience                                                    
 different from that assumed........................................             281      369 
Accrued pension cost included in other                                     ------------------ 
 liabilities........................................................           $(218)  $ (227) 
                                                                           ==================
</TABLE>


Following is a summary of the components of net periodic pension cost:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1996     1995     1994
                                                       -------------------------
<S>                                                      <C>     <C>      <C>
                                                       
Service cost - benefits earned during                 
 the period........................................      $ 180   $  151   $   48 
Interest cost on projected benefit                     
 obligation........................................        142      141      132
Actual (return) loss on plan assets................       (143)    (428)      93
Net amortization and deferral......................        (57)     265     (285)
                                                       -------------------------
Net periodic pension cost (benefit)................      $ 122   $  129   $  (12)
                                                       =========================
</TABLE>

                                       44
<PAGE>
 
Matewan BancShares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             
At December 31, 1996 and 1995, a 7% weighted average discount rate and a 3% rate
of increase in future compensation levels were used to determine the actuarial
present value of the projected benefit obligation. The expected long-term rate
of return on plan assets for the three years in the period ended December 31,
1996, was 7%. Plan assets consist principally of United States Treasury and
Agency securities, equity securities, mutual funds, and short-term investment
funds.

The Company sponsors a defined contribution plan begun in 1995 which covers
substantially all employees. Contributions to the plan are based on a percentage
of the employees' contributions to the plan. The Company contributed $35 and $25
to the plan during 1996 and 1995.

12. Commitments and Contingent Liabilities (Dollars in Thousands)

In the normal course of business, the Company offers certain financial products
to its customers to aid them in meeting their requirements for liquidity, credit
enhancement, and interest rate protection. Generally accepted accounting
principles require that these products be accounted for as contingent
liabilities and, accordingly, they are not reflected in the accompanying
financial statements. The Companys exposure to loss in the event of
nonperformance by the counterparty for commitments to extend credit and standby
letters of credit is the contract or notional amounts of these instruments.
Following is a discussion of these commitments and contingent liabilities.

Standby Letters of Credit: These agreements are used by the Company's customers
as a means of improving their credit standing in their dealings with others.
Under these agreements, the Company guarantees certain financial commitments in
the event that its customers are unable to satisfy their obligations. The
Company has issued standby letters of credit of approximately $10,300 and $9,200
as of December 31, 1996 and 1995.

Loan Commitments: At December 31, 1996 and 1995, the Company had commitments
outstanding to extend credit of approximately $22,000 and $13,600. These
commitments generally require the customers to maintain certain credit
standards.

The Company evaluates each customer's credit worthiness on a case-by-case basis.
Management generally requires collateral to secure these commitments. The amount
of collateral obtained by the Company is based upon management's credit
evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral held varies, but may include deposits
in financial institutions, accounts receivable, inventory, equipment, and real
estate.

Management conducts regular reviews of these commitments and the results are
considered in assessing the adequacy of the Company's allowance for loan losses.
Management does not anticipate any material losses as a result of these standby
letters of credit and loan commitments.

13. Shareholders' Equity (Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

During 1996, the Company sold 805,000 shares of 7.5% Cumulative Convertible
Preferred Stock (preferred stock), with an aggregate liquidation value of
$20,125 to assist in funding the acquisition of Kentucky. The preferred stock
accrues an annual dividend of $1.875 per share, payable quarterly. In the event
that full cumulative dividends on the preferred stock have not been paid when
due, the Company may not declare or pay any dividends or make other
distributions on its common stock. At December 31, 1996, the Company has made
all of the required quarterly dividend payments on its preferred stock.

Each share of preferred stock is convertible into one share of common stock. The
value of the preferred stock is fixed at $22 per share upon conversion.
Preferred shareholders have no voting rights, except as required by law. The
preferred stock is not subject to any mandatory redemption or sinking fund
provision. The preferred stock is redeemable as a whole or in part at the option
of the Company for cash on or after March 15, 2000, at a price of $26.125 per
share, declining annually to $25 per share on March 15, 2006 and thereafter.

In January 1997, the Board of Directors of the Company approved the use of up to
$3,000 to repurchase outstanding preferred stock.

On May 19, 1995, the Company's Board of Directors authorized a 10% common stock
dividend payable to shareholders of record on June 1, 1995. On April 12, 1994,
the Companys Board of Directors authorized a four-for-one stock split of common
shares effected in the form of a 300% stock dividend to shareholders of record
on May 1, 1994. Average shares outstanding and per share amounts included in the
consolidated financial statements and notes have been adjusted for the stock
dividend and stock split.

The primary source of funds for dividends paid by the Company to its
shareholders is dividends received from its bank subsidiaries. Dividends paid by
banking subsidiaries are subject to restriction by banking regulations. The
restrictive provision requires approval by the Comptroller of the Currency if
dividends declared in any year exceed the current year's net income, plus the
retained net profits of the two preceding years. During 1997, net retained
profits available for distribution to the

                                       45
<PAGE>
 
Matewan BancShares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Company as dividends, without regulatory approval, approximate $1,865 plus net
income for the interim period through the date of declaration.

14. Regulatory Matters (Dollars in Thousands)

The Company and its banking subsidiaries are subject to various regulatory
capital requirements administered by the federal banking agency. Under capital
adequacy guidelines, the Company and its banking subsidiaries must meet specific
capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company and its
banking subsidiaries' assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items
as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company and its banking
subsidiaries' capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative
judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other
factors.

Quantitative measures require the Company and its banking subsidiaries to
maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and
Tier I capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as
defined), and of Tier I capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined).
Management believes, as of December 31, 1996, that the Company and its banking
subsidiaries meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

As of December 31, 1996, the most recent notification from the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency
categorized the Company and its two significant subsidiaries, Matewan National
Bank and Matewan National Bank/Kentucky as well capitalized. To be categorized
as well capitalized, the Company and its banking subsidiaries must maintain
minimum total risk-based, Tier I risk-based, Tier I leverage ratios as set forth
in the table below. There are no conditions or events since that notification
that management believes have changed the institution's category. However, the
volatility of the unrealized gain or loss on available-for-sale securities,
which is a component of capital, may significantly affect capital adequacy in
the future.

The Company and its two significant subsidiaries' actual capital amounts and
ratios are presented in the following table.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      For Capital
                                                                       Adequacy         To Be Well
                                                        Actual         Purposes        Capitalized
                                                  ----------------  ---------------  ----------------
                                                    Amount   Ratio  Amount   Ratio   Amount    Ratio
                                                  ----------------  ---------------  ----------------
<S>                                                 <C>      <C>    <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>
As of December 31, 1996:                     
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets):          
 Matewan BancShares, Inc..........................  $60,988  15.63  $31,219  >=8.00  $39,023  >=10.00
 Matewan National Bank............................   35,761  14.86   19,254  >=8.00   24,068  >=10.00
 Matewan National Bank/Kentucky...................   21,903  17.87    9,805  >=8.00   12,257  >=10.00
Tier I Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets):                                    
 Matewan BancShares, Inc..........................   54,108  13.87   15,609  >=4.00   23,414   >=6.00
 Matewan National Bank............................   33,220  13.80    9,627  >=4.00   14,441   >=6.00
 Matewan National Bank/Kentucky...................   20,371  16.62    4,903  >=4.00    7,354   >=6.00
Tier I Capital (to Average Assets):          
 Matewan BancShares, Inc..........................   54,108   9.64   22,453  >=4.00   28,067   >=5.00
 Matewan National Bank............................   33,220   9.29   14,310  >=4.00   17,888   >=5.00
 Matewan National Bank/Kentucky...................   20,371  12.50    6,518  >=4.00    8,147   >=5.00
As of December 31, 1995:                     
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets):          
 Matewan BancShares, Inc..........................   47,074  19.09   19,726  >=8.00   24,658  >=10.00
 Matewan National Bank............................   33,378  15.31   17,440  >=8.00   21,800  >=10.00
Tier I Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets):                                    
 Matewan BancShares, Inc..........................   44,101  17.89    9,863  >=4.00   14,795   >=6.00
 Matewan National Bank............................   30,790  14.12    8,720  >=4.00   13,080   >=6.00
Tier I Capital (to Average Assets):          
 Matewan BancShares, Inc..........................   44,101  11.64   15,149  >=4.00   18,937   >=5.00
 Matewan National Bank............................   30,790   8.73   14,111  >=4.00   17,638   >=5.00
</TABLE>

The banking subsidiaries of the Company are required to maintain average reserve
balances with the Federal Reserve Bank or as cash in their vault. The average
amount of those reserve balances for the year ended December 31, 1996,
approximated $3,975.

                                       46
<PAGE>
 
Matewan BancShares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

15. Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments (Dollars in Thousands)

FASB Statement No. 107, "Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments,"
requires disclosure of fair value information about financial instruments,
whether or not recognized in the balance sheet, for which it is practicable to
estimate that value. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair
values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques.
Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including
the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. In that regard, the
derived fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison to
independent markets and, in many cases, could not be realized in immediate
settlement of the instrument. Statement 107 excludes certain financial
instruments and all nonfinancial instruments from its disclosure requirements.
Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented do not represent the
underlying value of the Company.

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating its
fair value disclosures for financial instruments:

  Cash and Cash Equivalents: The carrying amounts reported in the balance sheets
  for cash and cash equivalents approximate those assets' fair value.

  Interest-Bearing Deposits in Other Banks: The carrying amounts reported in the
  balance sheets for interest-bearing deposits in other banks approximate those
  assets' fair value.

  Investment Securities: Fair values for investment securities are based on
  quoted market prices where available. If quoted market prices are not
  available, fair values are based on quoted market prices of similar
  instruments.

  Loans: The fair values of fixed rate commercial, real estate, and consumer
  loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using interest rates
  currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar
  credit quality. For variable rate loans that reprice frequently and with no
  significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values.

  Deposits: The estimated fair values of demand deposits (i.e. interest and non-
  interest checking, passbook savings, and certain types of money market
  accounts) are, by definition, equal to their carrying amounts. Fair values for
  fixed-rate certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow
  calculation that applies interest rates, currently being offered on
  certificates, to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities on time
  deposits.

  Short-Term Borrowings: The carrying amounts in the balance sheets for short-
  term borrowings approximate those liabilities' fair values.

  Long-Term Borrowings: The fair values of long-term borrowings are estimated
  using discounted cash flow analyses based on the Company's current incremental
  borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements.

The estimated fair values of the Bank's financial instruments are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1996                             1996        
                                                     --------------------             --------------------  
                                                       Carrying     Fair                Carrying     Fair   
                                                        Amounts     Value                Amounts     Value  
                                                     ---------------------            --------------------- 
Financial assets:
<S>                                                  <C>          <C>                 <C>         <C>           
 Cash and cash equivalents...........................  $ 58,649   $ 58,649             $ 41,118   $ 41,118
 Interest-bearing deposits in other banks............     6,034      6,034                5,704      5,704
 Investment securities...............................   147,980    147,838              105,728    106,268
 Loans...............................................   370,801    370,379              228,568    232,598
Financial liabilities:                                                                
 Deposits............................................   523,308    525,870              334,387    335,901
 Short-term borrowings...............................    23,219     23,219               17,710     17,710
 Long-term borrowings................................     7,579      7,497                    -          -
</TABLE>

                                       47
<PAGE>
 
Matewan BancShares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   
16. Parent Company Only Condensed Financial Information (Dollars in Thousands)

Condensed Balance Sheets

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 December 31
                                                                                                 1996     1995
                                                                                            --------------------
<S>                                                                                          <C>        <C>
Assets                                                                                      
Cash............................................................................             $     59   $    185
Investment securities - available for sale......................................                3,766      2,160 
Investment securities - held to maturity........................................                    -         29
Investment in banking subsidiaries..............................................               69,573     36,646
Investment in non-bank subsidiary...............................................                  877        903
Receivable from bank subsidiary.................................................                    -      5,000
Loans...........................................................................                  240
Premises and equipment..........................................................                  382        403
Other assets....................................................................                  887      1,063
                                                                                            --------------------
Total assets....................................................................             $ 75,784   $ 46,389
                                                                                            ====================
Liabilities and shareholders' equity
Liabilities:
 Notes payable..................................................................             $    137   $    137
 Note payable to non-bank subsidiary............................................                  300        300
 Long-term borrowings...........................................................                7,579          -
 Other liabilities..............................................................                  190        135
                                                                                             -------------------
Total liabilities...............................................................                8,206        572
Shareholders' equity............................................................               67,578     45,817
                                                                                             -------------------
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity......................................             $ 75,784   $ 46,389
                                                                                             ===================
</TABLE>

Condensed Statements of Income

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         Year Ended December 31
                                                                    1996      1995          1994 
                                                                  ---------------------------------   
<S>                                                            
Income:                                                            <C>       <C>             <C> 
 Dividends from bank subsidiary............................        $ 2,200   $  7,100        $ 2,008
 Dividends from non-bank subsidiary........................              -         58             64
 Operating expenses, net...................................            186         18             59
                                                                 -----------------------------------
Income before equity in undistributed                                                                
 earnings (excess dividends) of                                                                       
 subsidiaries..............................................          2,014      7,140          2,013  
Equity in undistributed earnings                                                                       
 (excess dividends) of subsidiaries........................          4,448     (1,920)         2,992       
                                                                ------------------------------------   
Net income.................................................          6,462      5,220          5,005 
Preferred stock dividends..................................          1,236          -              -
                                                                ------------------------------------
Net income available to common                                     
 shareholders..............................................        $ 5,226   $  5,220        $ 5,005 
                                                                ====================================
</TABLE>

                                       48
<PAGE>
 
Matewan BancShares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                Year Ended December 31
                                                                                             1996       1995      1994
                                                                                         -------------------------------
<S>                                                                                      <C>        <C>          <C>
Operating activities                                                                                          
Net income..........................................................................     $  6,462   $  5,220     $ 5,005
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net acash provided by operating activities:                            
 (Equity in undistributed earnings)excess dividends of subsidiaries.................       (4,448)     1,920      (2,992)
 Depreciation expense...............................................................           (9)        12           -
 Change in other assets.............................................................          (13)      (145)        (27)
 Change in other liabilities........................................................           55         47          45
 Change in dividends receivable.....................................................        5,000     (5,000)      3,800
                                                                                          ------------------------------
Net cash provided by operating activities...........................................        7,047      2,054       5,831
                                                                                                              
Investing activities                                                                                          
Investment in subsidiary............................................................      (28,600)         -      (3,351)
Return of investment from subsidiary................................................           26        697          -         
Purchases of premises and equipment.................................................          (21)      (358)         -
Purchase of investment securities...................................................       (1,577)      (793)     (1,380)
                                                                                          ------------------------------
Net cash used in investing activities...............................................      (30,172)      (454)     (4,731)
                                                                                                              
Financing activities                                                                                          
Cash dividends paid on common and preferred stock...................................       (2,848)    (1,400)     (1,142)
Purchase of treasury stock..........................................................         (128)       (56)        (18)
Sale of treasury stock..............................................................            -         57           -
Cash paid on fractional shares......................................................            -         (3)          -   
Payment of note payable.............................................................            -       (100)          -
Proceeds from long-term borrowings..................................................        8,000          -           -
Payments on long-term borrowings....................................................         (421)         -           -
Proceeds from sale of preferred stock...............................................       18,396          -           -
                                                                                          ------------------------------
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities.................................       22,999     (1,502)     (1,160)
                                                                                          ------------------------------
(Decrease) increase  in cash........................................................         (126)        98         (60)
Cash at beginning of year...........................................................          185         87         147
                                                                                        ---------------------------------
Cash at end of year.................................................................      $    59     $  185     $    87    
                                                                                        =================================
</TABLE>

17. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited) (Dollars in Thousands, Except Per 
    Share Data)

Quarterly financial data for 1996 and 1995 is summarized below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          Quarter Ended
                                          March 31   June 30    September 30     December 31
                                        ------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                       <C>        <C>         <C>             <C>
1996 *                                                                         
Interest income.........................  $  9,065   $ 12,459        $12,347      $ 12,513
Interest expense........................     3,681      5,047          5,046         5,095
Net interest income.....................     5,384      7,412          7,301         7,418
Provision for loan losses...............       462        979            664           840
Net income..............................     1,309      1,707          1,743         1,703
Net income available to common             
 shareholders...........................     1,193      1,331          1,383         1,319
Net income per common share.............       .33        .36            .38           .36
                                                                               
1995                                                                           
Interest income.........................  $  7,605   $  8,004        $ 8,289      $  8,554
Interest expense........................     2,900      3,137          3,292         3,315
Net interest income.....................     4,705      4,867          4,997         5,229
Provision for loan losses...............       345        484            432           647
Net income..............................     1,239      1,165          1,201         1,615
Net income available to common             
 shareholders...........................     1,239      1,165          1,201         1,615
Net income per common share.............       .34        .32            .33           .44
</TABLE>

* 1996 data includes the accounts of Kentucky since March 16, 1996, the date of
  acquisition.

                                       49
<PAGE>
 
Matewan BancShares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Corporate Information
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                  Annual Meeting

                  The Annual Meeting of the Shareholders of Matewan
                  BancShares, Inc. will be held at 1:00 p.m. on Tuesday, April
                  8, 1997 at the Charleston House Holiday Inn, Charleston, West
                  Virginia. Shareholders of record of March 1, 1997 will be
                  eligible to vote on matters brought before the shareholders at
                  that time.

                  Stock Listing

                  The common stock of Matewan BancShares, Inc. trades on the
                  NASDAQ National Market System under the symbol "MATE." The
                  Preferred Stock of the Company is listed for trading on the
                  NASDAQ Small-Cap Market system under the symbol "MATEP." The
                  firms of Wheat First Securities, Inc., Scott & Stringfellow,
                  Ferris Baker Watts, Inc., and Herzog, Heine, Geduld, Inc.
                  currently make a market in the Company's common stock.

                  Transfer Agent

                  Inquiries regarding shareholder records, stock transfers,
                  changes in ownership or address, and dividend payment should
                  be directed to the transfer agent at the following addresses:

                     Wachovia Bank of North Carolina, N.A.
                     Corporate Trust Department
                     P. O. Box 3001
                     Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27102

                  For shareholder correspondence and requests for transfer:

                     Wachovia Shareholder Services
                     P. O. Box 8217
                     Boston, Massachusetts 02266-8217

                  Independent Auditors
                  Ernst & Young LLP, Charleston, West Virginia

                  Executive Offices
                  Matewan National Bank
                  Second Avenue and Vinson Street
                  Williamson, West Virginia 25661
                  (304)235-1544

                                       50
<PAGE>
 
Matewan BancShares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Description of Business
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                  GENERAL

                  Matewan BancShares, Inc. (the Company or Registrant) is a
                  registered bank holding company organized in 1984. The
                  Company's flagship bank is Matewan National Bank (the Bank).

                  The Company established Matewan Bank FSB (FSB), a wholly-
                  owned federal savings bank on November 9, 1993. FSB,
                  headquartered in Pikeville, Kentucky and authorized to engage
                  in all permissible thrift related activities, commenced
                  business January 3, 1994.

                  On March 15, 1996, the Company consummated the $29.35 million
                  acquisition of Bank One, Pikeville, N.A. (Pikeville) in a cash
                  purchase. Pikeville retained its separate bank charter and
                  resumed operations as Matewan National Bank/Kentucky
                  (Kentucky), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.

                  The Company considers its general market area to be southern
                  West Virginia, eastern Kentucky and western Virginia. More
                  specifically, the Company has identified as its core market
                  the thirteen county market area comprised of Mingo, Logan, and
                  Boone counties in West Virginia, Pike, Floyd, Johnson, Martin,
                  and Letcher counties in Kentucky, and Buchanan, Tazewell,
                  Wise, Russell, and Washington counties in Virginia. At
                  December 31, 1996, the Company had consolidated assets of
                  approximately $627 million and shareholders' equity of
                  approximately $67.5 million.

                  Matewan National Bank

                  The Bank, organized as a national bank in 1913, maintained
                  its executive office in Matewan, West Virginia from that time
                  until the first quarter of 1994. Since that time it has
                  maintained its executive office in Williamson, West Virginia.
                  The Bank also conducts operations at its branch offices in
                  Matewan, Delbarton, Kermit, Williamson, Gilbert, Danville, and
                  two locations in Logan, West Virginia. The Bank operates
                  drive-in facilities at each of its locations with the
                  exception of its Stratton Street office in Logan. In May of
                  1994, the Bank opened the Money Center in Williamson, West
                  Virginia. The Money Center, in addition to serving as a
                  centralized location for all of the lending departments of the
                  Bank, also serves as a loan production office, a state-of-the-
                  art loan support office, and the headquarters for the
                  financial services division of the Bank.

                  The Bank provides a full range of commercial banking
                  services. It provides automobile, mobile home, personal
                  household, credit cards, commercial and small business,
                  construction and permanent real estate, student, and various
                  government-guaranteed loans, as well as commercial equipment
                  leasing. The Bank offers a variety of deposit instruments to
                  its customers, such as free checking, regular checking and NOW
                  accounts, regular and special passbook savings accounts, money
                  market and index deposit accounts, certificates of deposit,
                  and IRAs. In addition, certain non-deposit investment
                  alternatives, mainly commercial repurchase agreements, are
                  available. Other Bank services include check cashing, check
                  collection, letters of credit, travelers checks, wire
                  transfers, purchase and redemption of U.S. Government savings
                  bonds, purchase and redemption of U.S. Government and agency
                  obligations for Bank customers, certified and cashier checks,
                  notary public services, safe deposit boxes, and credit life
                  and disability insurance. Through its financial services
                  subsidiary, the Bank also offers a wide range on
                  nontraditional and uninsured financial products and services,
                  such as mutual fund investments, sale and purchase of debt and
                  equity securities, annuities, and life insurance products.

                  Matewan Bank FSB

                  FSB was organized and established as a federally chartered
                  "de novo" savings bank on November 9, 1993. FSB established
                  corporate headquarters in Pikeville, Kentucky and commenced
                  business operations at its Pikeville office on January 3,
                  1994. In November of 1994, FSB commenced operations at a
                  second office located in Paintsville, Kentucky. In the second
                  quarter of 1995, FSB established two additional branch offices
                  inside of supermarkets in Pikeville and Goody, Kentucky. In
                  1996 FSB opened four additional offices: a full-service branch
                  in Prestonsburg, Kentucky; a financial services and business
                  development branch in

                                       51
<PAGE>
 
Matewan BancShares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Description of Business (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                  Richlands, Virginia; and two additional supermarket branch
                  offices in Abingdon, Virginia and Whitesburg, Kentucky. An
                  additional branch application has been approved for another
                  supermarket office in Van Sant, Virginia.

                  FSB is regulated by the Office of Thrift Supervision (the
                  OTS) and is authorized to conduct business that includes
                  providing services covering the full range of thrift-related
                  activities. In addition, FSB's charter requires it to maintain
                  its status as a "Qualified Thrift Lender" by maintaining an
                  asset mix in which sixty-five percent (65%) of the computed
                  asset base of FSB is invested in Qualifying Thrift Assets.
                  Qualifying Thrift Assets include home mortgages, any loan made
                  on liens securing residential real estate, mobile homes, and
                  personal household expenditures. It also includes any
                  investments in stock, deposits, or obligations of most federal
                  and local housing agencies, or any mortgage pool securities.
                  Fixed assets and repossessed real estate similarly qualify.

                  FSB's product offerings also include a variety of deposit
                  instruments to its customers, such as free checking, regular
                  checking and NOW accounts, regular passbook savings accounts,
                  money market and index deposit accounts, certificates of
                  deposit, and IRAs. Other FSB services include check cashing,
                  check collection, letters of credit, travelers checks, wire
                  transfers, purchase and redemption of U.S. Government savings
                  bonds, purchase of U.S. Government and agency obligations for
                  FSB customers, certified and cashier checks, notary public
                  services, safe deposit boxes, electronic tax filing
                  capability, and credit life and disability insurance.

                  FSB was initially capitalized in the amount of $4 million by
                  the Company. The FSB's contribution to the overall earnings of
                  the Company was approximately 6% for 1996, approximately 4%
                  for 1995, and immaterial in 1994.

                  Matewan National Bank/Kentucky

                  Kentucky, organized and operated under a national bank
                  charter, maintains its executive office in Pikeville,
                  Kentucky. Kentucky also conducts operations at its branch
                  offices in Shelby Valley, Ferrell's Creek, Phelps and Sidney,
                  Kentucky. On June 30, 1996, Kentucky closed the offices in
                  Coal Run and South Williamson due to the overlap created
                  between these offices and existing offices of other Company
                  affiliates in the immediate communities. Kentucky operates
                  drive-in facilities at each of its locations.

                  Kentucky commenced operations as an affiliate of the Company
                  on March 18, 1996, with total assets of approximately $204
                  million, net loans of approximately $133 million, and total
                  deposits of approximately $183 million.

                  Kentucky provides the same full range of commercial banking
                  services as the other Company financial institutions. It
                  provides automobile, mobile home, personal household,
                  commercial and small business, construction and permanent real
                  estate, student, and various government-guaranteed loans, as
                  well as commercial equipment leasing. Kentucky offers a
                  variety of deposit instruments to its customers, such as free
                  checking, regular checking and NOW accounts, regular and
                  special passbook savings accounts, money market and index
                  deposit accounts,  certificates of deposit, and IRAs. In
                  addition, certain non-deposit investment alternatives, mainly
                  commercial repurchase agreements, are available. Other
                  Kentucky services include check cashing, check collection,
                  letters of credit, travelers checks, wire transfers, purchase
                  and redemption of U.S. Government savings bonds, purchase and
                  redemption of U.S. Government and agency obligations for
                  Kentucky customers, certified and cashier checks, notary
                  public services, safe deposit boxes, electronic income tax
                  filing capability, and credit life and disability insurance.

                  Kentucky retained core capital in the amount of
                  approximately $19.8 million at the time of its acquisition by
                  the Company. Kentucky's contribution to the overall earnings
                  of the Company was approximately 29% for 1996.

                                       52
<PAGE>
 
Matewan BancShares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                  Delivery Systems

                  The Company uses sophisticated technology to enhance its
                  delivery systems. The Company also maintains an integrated PC-
                  based server network system that provides immediate
                  interaction among all operating functions of its subsidiaries,
                  thereby enhancing internal communication and customer service.
                  The Company offers retail customers 24 hour banking via touch-
                  tone phone and an interactive voice response system. Company
                  affiliates maintain an Automated Teller Machine (ATM) network
                  of approximately 25 machines in the core market area. The
                  Company offers retail customers the ability to access account
                  information, transfer funds, and pay certain bills via
                  personal computer. The Company currently utilizes personal
                  computer technology to enable commercial customers to access
                  cash management services via interlinks with the Company's
                  mainframe computer. In addition, utilization of such
                  technology enables the Company to employ sophisticated credit
                  rating and pricing models at its subsidiaries for the purpose
                  of pricing loan products to reflect credit risk more
                  accurately.

                  Summary and Mission Statement

                  The following table depicts pertinent financial and
                  operational data of the significant subsidiaries of Matewan
                  BancShares, Inc. as of December 31, 1996 (dollars in
                  thousands).

                  <TABLE>
                  <CAPTION>
                                                                                  Total    Employees
                                                    Total      Net      Total    Equity   (Full-Time    Total
                                                    Assets    Loans    Deposits  Capital  Equivalent)  Offices
                                                 -------------------------------------------------------------
                  
                  <S>                              <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>          <C>
                  Matewan National Bank            $390,859  $223,174  $304,697  $34,612         208         9
                  Matewan Bank FSB                   64,655    35,718    59,424    4,544          66         8
                  Matewan National Bank/Kentucky    203,846   111,495   162,128   30,418          71         5
                  </TABLE>

                  At December 31, 1996, the Company had six officers who
                  regularly provide services to the Bank, FSB, or Kentucky.
                  These officers are compensated by the Bank or FSB.
                  Subsidiaries of the Company had 345 full-time equivalent
                  employees as of the same date. Company subsidiaries operated
                  21 full service offices and one loan production office.

                  Through its mission statement, the Company's goal is to be
                  the leading provider of financial services in the markets in
                  which it operates. Through its subsidiaries, the Company is
                  engaged in providing a full range of consumer and commercial
                  financial services throughout southern West Virginia, eastern
                  Kentucky, and southwestern Virginia.

                  In the course of its business, the Company competes for
                  loans, deposits, and other finacial product offerings with
                  numerous other banks and financial institutions throughout its
                  market area, as well as numerous nontraditional and often
                  nonregulated banking competitors such as brokerage firms,
                  mutual funds, finance companies, and other types of financial
                  service providers.

                  Regulation

                  The Company is a bank holding company within the meaning of
                  the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and is
                  registered as such with, and subject to supervision by, the
                  Federal Reserve Board (the FRB). The FRB may make examinations
                  of the Company or any of its subsidiaries and has the
                  authority to regulate certain bank holding company debt.

                  The Bank and Kentucky are national banks. The primary
                  regulator of national banks is the Office of the Comptroller
                  of the Currency (the OCC). FSB is a federal savings bank. The
                  principal regulator of federal savings banks is the Office of
                  Thrift Supervision (the OTS). As federally insured
                  institutions and Federal Reserve members, all are subject to
                  regulation by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the
                  FDIC) and the FRB.

                                       53
<PAGE>
 
Matewan BancShares, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Description of Business (continued)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 
                  Properties

                    The Company and the Bank maintain executive offices in
                  Williamson, West Virginia in the Bank's main building. The
                  Company's subsidiaries operate twenty-two offices throughout
                  the Company's market area. Twelve of these offices are owned
                  and ten are leased.

                  Legal Proceedings

                    Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is a party
                  to any litigation other than litigation which is routine in
                  the business of the Company or its subsidiaries, and which, if
                  decided adversely to the Company or its subsidiaries, would
                  materially adversely affect the condition, prospects, or
                  assets of the Company or its subsidiaries.

                                       54
<PAGE>
 
  MATEWAN BANKSHARES 2ND AVENUE AND VINSON STREET, P.O. BOX 100 WILLIAMSON,
                                   WV 25661









<PAGE>
 
                                                                   Exhibit 13.2
                           MATEWAN BANCSHARES, INC.
 
              PROXY STATEMENT FOR ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS
                           TO BE HELD APRIL 8, 1997
 
  This proxy statement is furnished to shareholders of Matewan BancShares,
Inc. (the "Company") in connection with the solicitation of proxies by the
Board of Directors of the Company for use at its Annual Meeting of
Shareholders (the "Annual Meeting") to be held at 11:00 a.m., local time on
Tuesday, April 8, 1997 at the Charleston House, Charleston, West Virginia, for
the purposes set forth in the Notice of Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
 
  This Proxy Statement and accompanying form of proxy are first being mailed
or given to shareholders of the Company on or about March 11, 1997.
 
  The principal executive offices of the Company are located at Second and
Vinson Street, Williamson, West Virginia.
 
                           VOTING RIGHTS AND PROXIES
 
VOTING RIGHTS
 
  Only shareholders of record of the Company as of the close of business on
March 1, 1997 (the "Record Date") are entitled to notice of and to vote at the
Annual Meeting. On that date, 3,660,151 shares of the Company's common stock,
par value $1.00 per share (the "Common Stock") were issued and outstanding and
were held by approximately 679 holders of record. On February 27, 1996, the
Company issued 805,000 shares of Series A Convertible Cumulative Preferred
Stock (the Preferred Shares). Holders of the Preferred Shares are not entitled
to vote in the election of Directors. The Company had no other classes of
equity securities outstanding at that date. Each share of Common Stock is
entitled to one vote on all matters properly presented to the Annual Meeting.
The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of Common Stock attending
the meeting in person or represented by proxy is necessary to elect the
directors of the Company and, except as otherwise provided, approve each of
the other proposals set forth in this proxy statement for consideration at the
Annual Meeting. The presence, in person or by proxy, of not less than a
majority of the total number of outstanding shares of Common Stock is
necessary to constitute a quorum at the Annual Meeting.
 
PROXIES
 
  Shares represented by proxies received by the Company will be voted in
accordance with the instructions contained therein. Shares represented by
proxies for which no instruction is given will be voted FOR election of the
directors specified herein and FOR each of the other proposals set forth in
this proxy statement for consideration at the Annual Meeting.
 
  Shareholders are requested to sign, date, mark, and return promptly the
enclosed proxy card in the postage paid envelope provided for this purpose in
order to assure that their shares will be voted. A proxy may be revoked at any
time prior to exercise of the authority granted thereunder. Revocation may be
accomplished by the granting of a later dated proxy with respect to the same
shares, by written notice to the Secretary of the Company at any time prior to
the voting thereof, or by voting in person at the Annual Meeting. Attendance
at the Annual Meeting will not, by itself, revoke a proxy.
 
  The Board of Directors knows of no matters to be presented at the Annual
Meeting other than those described in this proxy statement. If other matters
are properly brought before the Annual Meeting, it is the intention of the
persons named in the proxies to vote the shares to which such proxies relate
in accordance with their best judgement.
 
  The Company will bear the cost of the solicitation of proxies. In addition
to solicitation by mail, officers and regular employees of the Company, who
will receive no compensation in excess of their regular salaries for
 
                                       1
<PAGE>
 
their services, may solicit proxies by telephone, telegram, or otherwise.
Brokerage firms, fiduciaries, and other custodians who forward soliciting
material to the beneficial owners of shares of Common Stock held of record by
them will be reimbursed for their reasonable expenses incurred in forwarding
such material.
 
                VOTING SECURITIES AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS THEREOF
 
  The following table sets forth certain information concerning the amount and
nature of beneficial ownership of the Company's Common Stock by persons known
by the Company to own 5% or more of such Common Stock, and by its directors,
the individuals nominated for director, and its directors and officers as a
"group" (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended) as of January 31, 1997. The amount and nature of
beneficial ownership, except as otherwise noted in the table, represents
shares over which a director, nominee, or officer has sole voting and sole
investment power.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       AMOUNT AND NATURE PERCENT
                                                         OF BENEFICIAL     OF
   BENEFICIAL OWNER                                        INTEREST       CLASS
   ----------------                                    ----------------- -------
<S>                                                    <C>               <C>
James H. Harless......................................    373,974(1)(2)  10.22%
 Drawer H
 Gilbert, West Virginia 25621
Dan R. Moore..........................................    676,915(1)(3)  18.46%
 Box 26
 Matewan, West Virginia 25678
Frank E. Ellis........................................    256,206(4)      6.99%
 3308 Jefferson Avenue
 Cincinnati, Ohio 45220
Lafe P. Ward..........................................    101,936(5)      2.78%
George A. Kostas......................................    110,210(6)      3.01%
Amos J. Hatfield......................................     89,239(7)      2.43%
Sidney R. Young, Jr...................................     20,521(8)       .56%
Betty Jo Moore........................................    233,010(9)      6.37%
Doug Hinkle...........................................      1,500          .04%
All directors and officers
 as a group (14 persons)..............................  1,374,637(10)    37.56%
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Includes 332,544 shares as to which Mr. Moore has sole voting power
    pursuant to an agreement dated August 6, 1987, between Mr. Moore and Mr.
    Harless.
 
(2) Includes 348,384 shares held of record by Mr. Harless, members of his
    family, and affiliates.
 
(3) Includes 330,632 shares held of record by Mr. Moore and his wife, members
    of his family, and affiliates.
 
(4) Includes 207,415 shares of record held by Mr. Ellis, members of his
    family, and affiliates as to which Mr. Ellis disclaims beneficial
    ownership.
 
(5) Includes 50,160 shares of record held by Mr. Ward's wife.
 
(6) Includes 83,018 shares of record held by Mr. Kostas and his wife.
 
(7) Includes 71,640 shares of record held by Mr. Hatfield and his wife, and
    15,716 shares of record held by his wife and son as to which Mr. Hatfield
    disclaims beneficial ownership.
 
(8) Includes 17,001 shares of record held by Mr. Young and his wife.
 
(9) Includes 233,010 shares held by Mrs. Moore and her husband, members of her
    family, and affiliates.
 
(10) Excludes duplicate counting for shares subject to the voting agreement
     between Messrs. Moore and Harless and for shares held by Mr. Moore, Mrs.
     Moore, members of their family, and affiliates.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
 
  On August 6, 1987, Messrs. Moore and Harless entered into an agreement in
connection with the merger of the Company and Guyan Bancshares, Inc., pursuant
to which Mr. Harless granted Mr. Moore an irrevocable proxy to vote shares
held of record or beneficially by Mr. Harless at all meetings of shareholders
of the Company for so long as Mr. Moore remains Chairman of the Company. Mr.
Moore intends to vote all such shares (332,544 shares) for the election of
nominees for Director specified herein.
 
  The Company knows of no other person or persons who, beneficially or of
record, own in excess of five percent of the Company's Common Stock. The
Company is not aware of any other arrangements which at a subsequent date may
result in a change of control of the Company.
 
                             ELECTION OF DIRECTORS
 
  Each of the nominees for election as a director currently serves as a
director for the Company and has been nominated by the Board of Directors for
re-election as director. The terms of each of the directors of the Company
will expire at the 1997 Annual Meeting. The number of directors of the Company
is presently set at nine, and the Company's certificate of Incorporation and
Bylaws provide that all directors are to be elected for a term of one year or
until their successors are elected and qualified.
 
  If any nominee is unable to serve, the shares represented by all valid
proxies will be voted for the election of such substitute nominee as the Board
of Directors may recommend, or the Board of Directors may amend the Bylaws and
reduce the size of the Board. At this time, the Board knows of no reason why
any nominee might be unable to serve.
 
  The following table sets forth the names and certain information concerning
the Directors, nominees for Director, and the executive officers of the
Company.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             FIRST YEAR  PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION
   NAME                  AGE AS DIRECTOR FOR THE PAST FIVE YEARS
   ----                  --- ----------- -----------------------
<S>                      <C> <C>         <C>
James H. Harless........  77    1984     Chairman of the Board of Gilbert Imported Hardwoods, Inc.;
                                         from 1984 through 1987 Chairman of the Board of Guyan
                                         Bancshares, Inc.; Nominee for Director
Dan R. Moore............  56    1984     Chairman of the Board of Directors, President, and Chief
                                         Executive Officer of the Company and Matewan National
                                         Bank; Vice President and Chairman of the Board of Matewan
                                         National Bank/Kentucky; Nominee for Director
Frank E. Ellis..........  70    1988     Physician, Frank Ellis & Associates, Inc.; Nominee for
                                         Director
Lafe P. Ward............  71    1984     Attorney at Law, Ward and Associates L.C., General Counsel
                                         for the Company; Nominee for Director
George A. Kostas........  67    1988     Pharmacist, President of Aracoma Drug Company, Inc.;
                                         Nominee for Director
Amos J. Hatfield........  70    1988     Owner, Gilbert Furniture Company; Nominee for Director
Sidney R. Young, Jr.....  73    1984     Semi-retired since April, 1986; President and Chief Operating
                                         Officer for McNamee Resources, Inc. since 1979; Nominee
                                         for Director
Betty Jo Moore..........  56    1994     President of Moore Ford Sales and Moore Chevrolet,
                                         Williamson, West Virginia; Nominee for Director
</TABLE>
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             FIRST YEAR  PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION
   NAME                  AGE AS DIRECTOR FOR THE PAST FIVE YEARS
   ----                  --- ----------- -----------------------
<S>                      <C> <C>         <C>
Douglas Hinkle..........  62    1996     President of Walter P. Walters Insurance Agency;
                                         Nominee for Director
Pauline Roberson........  74             Vice President and Secretary of the Company, Matewan National
                                         Bank since 1984, and Matewan Bank FSB since 1993;
Lee M. Ellis............  42             Vice President of Matewan National Bank since April, 1988;
                                         Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company
                                         and Matewan National Bank from April, 1992 to the present,
                                         and Matewan Bank FSB from November, 1993 to present;
                                         Vice President of Matewan National Bank/Kentucky from
                                         April 1996 to present;
Anna Ward...............  37             Vice President of Administration for Matewan National Bank
                                         since August 1994, Vice President of Audit Services for the
                                         Company from April, 1993 until August 1994 and for
                                         Matewan National Bank from April 1992 until August 1994;
Timothy E. Edwards......  47             Vice President of Operations for the Company from April
                                         1995 and for Matewan National Bank since November 1992.
                                         Office Manager of the Gilbert branch of Matewan National
                                         Bank from September 1991 until November, 1992. President
                                         of United National Bank, Webster Springs, WV for three
                                         years prior to September 1991;
Michael Burke...........  43             Controller of Company from July 1996 to present; Vice
                                         President and Controller of Matewan National Bank/Kentucky
                                         from April 1996 to present; Vice President and Controller of
                                         Bank One, Pikeville, N.A. from May 1993 to March 1996;
                                         Vice President and Controller of First National Bank of
                                         Pikeville for four years prior to May 1993.
</TABLE>
 
  All executive officers of the Company serve at the pleasure of the Board of
Directors and may be removed by the Board at any time.
 
  None of the members of the Board of Directors or any executive officers are
related except that Mr. Dan R. Moore and Ms. Betty Jo Moore are married, Mr.
Lee M. Ellis is the son of Dr. Frank E. Ellis, and Ms. Anna Ward is daughter-
in-law of Mr. Lafe P. Ward.
 
MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY
 
  The Company does not have a standing nominating or compensation committee.
The functions of these committees are performed by the Board of Directors in
its entirety. Directors Douglas Hinkle, Amos Hatfield, George Kostas, James H.
Harless, and Sidney Young serve on the Audit Committee for the Company.
 
  During 1996, the Board of Directors met 9 times, while the Board of
Directors of Matewan National Bank and Matewan Bank FSB met 13 times. No
members of the Board of Directors attended less than 75% of the meetings for
1996. Each director of the Company or Matewan National Bank receives $750 for
each monthly meeting of the Board of Directors of the Company or Matewan
National Bank attended. Matewan Bank FSB is prohibited from paying any
director fees until 1997. External directors of Matewan National Bank/Kentucky
received $300 for each meeting attended. Director Hinkle was the only Director
of the Company to be paid any fees by Matewan National Bank/Kentucky. The
Company paid an aggregate of $98,853 in Director and Committee fees in 1996,
on a consolidated basis.
 
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
                       EXECUTIVE OFFICERS' COMPENSATION
 
COMPENSATION OVERVIEW
 
  During fiscal 1996, no cash compensation was paid to any executive officer
of the Company in his or her capacity as such, although certain of the
executive officers received directors fees from the Company. Each of the
executive officers of the Company received compensation from Matewan National
Bank, Matewan Bank FSB, or Matewan National Bank/Kentucky for services
rendered in their capacities as executive officers of those subsidiaries.
 
  The following table sets forth information concerning the Chief Executive
Officer, the only executive officer of the Company who received aggregate
compensation in excess of $100,000 during the fiscal year ended December 31,
1996. Comparative data is also provided for the previous two fiscal years.
 
                          SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
ANNUAL COMPENSATION
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       OTHER
 NAME AND                                                              ANNUAL
 PRINCIPAL                                  FISCAL  SALARY   BONUS  COMPENSATION
 POSITION                                    YEAR    ($)      ($)       ($)
 ---------                                  ------ -------- ------- ------------
<S>                                         <C>    <C>      <C>     <C>
Dan R. Moore (1)...........................  1996  $204,008 $35,914      $0
Chairman &                                   1995   192,008  38,923       0
President                                    1994   180,508  27,667       0
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Matewan National Bank has provided Mr. Moore with the use of an automobile
    in the performance of his business duties. The value attributable to
    personal use of this automobile is not ascertainable and therefore is not
    included in this table.
 
LONG TERM COMPENSATION
 
  The Company had no stock award, Options/SAR, LTIP Payouts, or any other form
of long term compensation plans in place for fiscal years 1996, 1995, or 1994.
 
STOCK PLANS
 
  The Company has no stock award, option, or appreciable rights plans in
existence and does not anticipate instituting any such plans in the
foreseeable future.
 
RETIREMENT PLANS
 
  The Company maintains an Employees' Retirement Plan (the "Plan") which is
available to any employee who has completed at least one year of continuous
service and is at least 21 years old and who elects to make the mandatory
contribution to the Plan.
 
  The Plan provides for monthly payments upon normal retirement at age 65;
there is no early retirement provision under the Plan.
 
  Contributions to the Plan by the the Company are those necessary to provide
benefits under the Plan as determined by the application of accepted actuarial
methods and assumptions.
 
  Effective for the Plan years starting after December 31, 1994, mandatory
employee contributions were eliminated.
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
  Monthly pension benefits under the Plan, effective January 1, 1995 are equal
to the sum of .85% of Average Monthly Covered Compensation (defined hereafter)
plus 1.50% of Average Monthly Compensation in excess of Covered Compensation
multiplied by the number of years of employment, not to exceed 35 years.
Monthly Covered Compensation was defined as monthly compensation upon
attainment of normal retirement age of the employee receiving such
compensation. Accruals on December 31, 1994 are protected.
 
  The following table illustrates the estimated annual benefits from the Plan
upon retirement to participants at December 31, 1996, at selected remuneration
and years of service classifications.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          ESTIMATED ANNUAL RETIREMENT BENEFITS
                                              ON CREDITED YEARS OF SERVICE
                                         ---------------------------------------
MONTHLY COMPENSATION
ON AN ANNUALIZED BASIS                     15      20      25      30      35
- ----------------------                   ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
<S>                                      <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
$160,000................................ $29,700 $39,500 $49,400 $59,300 $69,200
 140,000................................  27,400  36,500  45,700  54,800  63,900
 120,000................................  22,900  30,500  38,200  45,800  53,400
 100,000................................  18,400  24,500  30,700  36,800  42,900
  80,000................................  13,900  18,500  23,200  27,800  32,400
  60,000................................   9,400  12,500  15,700  18,800  21,900
  40,000................................   5,100   6,800   8,500  10,200  11,900
<CAPTION>
                                              (WITH 31 YEARS PRIOR TO 1995)
                                         ---------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
 150,000................................     N/A     N/A     N/A     N/A  84,300
</TABLE>
 
  A participant's vested interest in his accrued benefit under the Plan is
determined under a vesting schedule which provided for vesting of a
participant's accrued benefit beginning at 20% after three or more years of
service and gradually increasing to 100% after seven years of service. Prior
employee contributions vested immediately.
 
  Effective January 1, 1995, the Company installed a 401(k) savings plan
(401(k) Plan) for all employees 21 years of age with one year of service to be
operated in tandem with its existing defined benefit pension plan. The 401(k)
Plan allows for voluntary pretax salary deferrals up to 15% of compensation.
 
  The Company will match employee salary deferrals at a rate of 25% on the
first 4% of salary deferred. The vesting schedule for these matching
contributions shall begin with 20% after three years of service and increase
in 20% increments until fully vested after 7 years of service.
 
  At the end of fiscal year 1996, Mr. Moore had 33 years of service, Mrs.
Roberson had 33 years, Mr. Ellis had 18 years, Mrs. Ward had 10 years, and Mr.
Edwards had 5 years of credited service under the Plan.
 
MANAGEMENT EMPLOYMENT CONTRACTS
 
  The Company has no employment agreements with any of its executive officers.
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT
 
  The Company does not have a Compensation Committee. The Board of Directors
as a whole maintains responsibility for this function as it relates to the
President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. The President, in
conjunction with the Company's Personnel Department and guided by the
Company's Personnel policies, determines the level of compensation for the
other executive officers of the Company.
 
COMPENSATION PHILOSOPHY
 
  The Company's compensation philosophy is to provide executive officers with
salaries competitive with those paid by institutions of similar size,
performance, and circumstance.
 
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
SALARIES
 
  The compensation package for each executive officer is based upon a review
of selected local and national industry peer group data, evaluation of the
performance of the executive officer, and the annual financial performance of
the Company.
 
BONUS AWARDS
 
  The Company's subsidiaries have paid in the last six fiscal years an annual
bonus to certain management level employees based on various predefined levels
of performance, incorporating such measures as profitability and growth.
 
CONCLUSION
 
  Under the compensation programs described above, a moderate portion of the
Company's executive compensation is linked directly to individual and
corporate performance. In the case of the Chief Executive Officer of the
Company, approximately 15% of his total 1996 compensation consisted of
variable elements linked to Company performance. The Board of Directors
intends to continue the policy of linking a portion of executive compensation
to corporate performance.
 
PERFORMANCE GRAPH
 
  Set forth below is a line graph comparing the yearly percentage change in
cumulative total shareholder return in the Company's Common Stock since
December 31, 1991 through December 31, 1996. The Company's yearly percentage
change in total shareholder return is compared to the Standard & Poors 500
Index and a related financial peer group index representing all banks.
 
  The total annual return is computed based on the dual assumptions that each
dividend paid by the Company in the five year period depicted was reinvested
in shares of the Company's Common Stock at the market price on the day of
dividend payment and that the price per share of the Company's stock was that
of closing on December 31, 1996.
 
  The Common Stock of Matewan BancShares, Inc. was listed initially for
trading on the NASDAQ National Market System on June 1, 1994. Prior to that
time, there existed no active market for the Company's Common Stock.
 
[CAPTION]
<TABLE>
                                             FISCAL YEAR ENDING
COMPANY                    1991       1992     1993     1994     1995     1996
<S>                        <C>        <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C> 
MATEWAN BANCSHARES, INC.    100       106.00   131.80   345.90   494.30   450.50
INDUSTRY INDEX              100       119.14   140.83   133.61   188.94   261.26
BROAD MARKET                100       107.64   118.50   120.06   165.18   203.11
</TABLE>

                                       7
<PAGE>
 
  This report has been prepared by the Board of Directors.
 
  James H. Harless, Dan R. Moore, Frank E. Ellis, Lafe Ward, George Kostas,
Amos Hatfield, Sidney Young, Betty Jo Moore, and Douglas Hinkle.
 
CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
  Company subsidiaries have made various loans to its directors and officers
and to directors and officers of the Company and its subsidiaries. Loans to
this group and their related entities totalled $3,315,000, $3,392,000, and
$4,208,000 at December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994, respectively. These loans
were made in the ordinary course of business, were made on substantially the
same terms, including interest rate and collateral, as those prevailing at the
same time for comparable transactions with persons other than directors or
officers, and did not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or
present other unfavorable features.
 
  During the year ended December 31, 1996, the Company and its subsidiaries
paid legal fees in the amount of $20,506 to the law firm of Ward and
Associates, L.C. Mr. Ward, a director of the Company, is a principal in the
firm and as a result may receive an indirect benefit from the payment of legal
fees.
 
                            APPOINTMENT OF AUDITORS
 
  The Board of Directors has selected the firm of Ernst & Young LLP, certified
public accountants, to act as principal auditors for the Company for the year
ended December 31, 1997. Ernst & Young also served as principal auditors for
the Company for the year ended December 31, 1996. Although the selection and
appointment of independent auditors is not required to be submitted to a vote
of the shareholders, the Board has decided to ask the shareholders to approve
the appointment. If the shareholders do not approve such appointment, the
Board will reconsider its appointment. Approval of the appointment of auditors
will require the affirmative vote of a majority of the total votes cast on
this issue at the Annual Meeting. Representatives of Ernst & Young LLP are
expected to be at the Annual Meeting and will have the opportunity to make a
statement if they desire to do so. Such representatives are also expected to
be available to respond to appropriate questions.
 
                                 OTHER MATTERS
 
  The Board of Directors knows of no other matters to be presented for action
at the Annual Meeting other than those mentioned above. If any such matters
properly come before the meeting, it is the intention of the persons named in
the accompanying proxy to vote on such matters in accordance with their best
judgement.
 
SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS
 
  Shareholders of the Company who desire to present proposals for
consideration by the Company's shareholders at the 1998 Annual Meeting of
Shareholders will be required to advise the Company in writing of the proposal
on or prior to November 1, 1997.
 
                                       8

<PAGE>
 
                                                                    Exhibit 23




                        Consent of Independent Auditors


We consent to the incorporation by reference in this Annual Report (Form 10-K)
of Matewan BancShares, Inc. and Subsidiaries of our report dated February 28,
1997, included in the 1996 Annual Report to Shareholders of Matewan BancShares,
Inc. and Subsidiaries.


                                                /s/Ernst & Young LLP


Charleston, West Virginia
February 28, 1997


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>
 
<ARTICLE> 9
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM 1996 ANNUAL
REPORT OF MATEWAN BANCSHARES, INC. AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE
TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1996
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1996
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1996
<CASH>                                          29,721
<INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS>                           6,034
<FED-FUNDS-SOLD>                                28,928
<TRADING-ASSETS>                                     0
<INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE>                     25,411
<INVESTMENTS-CARRYING>                         122,569
<INVESTMENTS-MARKET>                           122,427
<LOANS>                                        376,787
<ALLOWANCE>                                      5,986
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 627,186
<DEPOSITS>                                     523,308
<SHORT-TERM>                                    15,118
<LIABILITIES-OTHER>                              8,101
<LONG-TERM>                                      7,579
                                0
                                        805
<COMMON>                                         3,684
<OTHER-SE>                                      63,089
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY>                 627,186
<INTEREST-LOAN>                                 36,583
<INTEREST-INVEST>                                8,667
<INTEREST-OTHER>                                 1,134
<INTEREST-TOTAL>                                46,384
<INTEREST-DEPOSIT>                              17,875
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              18,869
<INTEREST-INCOME-NET>                           27,515
<LOAN-LOSSES>                                    2,945
<SECURITIES-GAINS>                                   0
<EXPENSE-OTHER>                                 19,100
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 10,169
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY>                      10,169
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                     6,462
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     1.43
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     1.43
<YIELD-ACTUAL>                                    5.49
<LOANS-NON>                                      4,416
<LOANS-PAST>                                     1,044
<LOANS-TROUBLED>                                   470
<LOANS-PROBLEM>                                    470
<ALLOWANCE-OPEN>                                 2,973
<CHARGE-OFFS>                                    3,738
<RECOVERIES>                                       654
<ALLOWANCE-CLOSE>                                5,986
<ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC>                             5,986
<ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN>                                  0
<ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED>                          2,096
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission